blob: 8700390112e708e9f339804433900d0e9d6fa247 [file] [log] [blame]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
2 *
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
4 *
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
8 */
9
10/*
11 * misc1.c: functions that didn't seem to fit elsewhere
12 */
13
14#include "vim.h"
15#include "version.h"
16
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000017static char_u *vim_version_dir __ARGS((char_u *vimdir));
18static char_u *remove_tail __ARGS((char_u *p, char_u *pend, char_u *name));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000019static int copy_indent __ARGS((int size, char_u *src));
20
21/*
22 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in the current line.
23 */
24 int
25get_indent()
26{
27 return get_indent_str(ml_get_curline(), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
28}
29
30/*
31 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum".
32 */
33 int
34get_indent_lnum(lnum)
35 linenr_T lnum;
36{
37 return get_indent_str(ml_get(lnum), (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
38}
39
40#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
41/*
42 * Count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "lnum" of buffer
43 * "buf".
44 */
45 int
46get_indent_buf(buf, lnum)
47 buf_T *buf;
48 linenr_T lnum;
49{
50 return get_indent_str(ml_get_buf(buf, lnum, FALSE), (int)buf->b_p_ts);
51}
52#endif
53
54/*
55 * count the size (in window cells) of the indent in line "ptr", with
56 * 'tabstop' at "ts"
57 */
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000058 int
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000059get_indent_str(ptr, ts)
60 char_u *ptr;
61 int ts;
62{
63 int count = 0;
64
65 for ( ; *ptr; ++ptr)
66 {
67 if (*ptr == TAB) /* count a tab for what it is worth */
68 count += ts - (count % ts);
69 else if (*ptr == ' ')
70 ++count; /* count a space for one */
71 else
72 break;
73 }
Bram Moolenaar4399ef42005-02-12 14:29:27 +000074 return count;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000075}
76
77/*
78 * Set the indent of the current line.
79 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
80 * Caller must take care of undo.
81 * "flags":
82 * SIN_CHANGED: call changed_bytes() if the line was changed.
83 * SIN_INSERT: insert the indent in front of the line.
84 * SIN_UNDO: save line for undo before changing it.
85 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
86 */
87 int
88set_indent(size, flags)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000089 int size; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000090 int flags;
91{
92 char_u *p;
93 char_u *newline;
94 char_u *oldline;
95 char_u *s;
96 int todo;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +000097 int ind_len; /* measured in characters */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098 int line_len;
99 int doit = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000100 int ind_done = 0; /* measured in spaces */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000101 int tab_pad;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000102 int retval = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000103 int orig_char_len = -1; /* number of initial whitespace chars when
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000104 'et' and 'pi' are both set */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000105
106 /*
107 * First check if there is anything to do and compute the number of
108 * characters needed for the indent.
109 */
110 todo = size;
111 ind_len = 0;
112 p = oldline = ml_get_curline();
113
114 /* Calculate the buffer size for the new indent, and check to see if it
115 * isn't already set */
116
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000117 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs; if both 'expandtab' and
118 * 'preserveindent' are set count the number of characters at the
119 * beginning of the line to be copied */
120 if (!curbuf->b_p_et || (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000121 {
122 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
123 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
124 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
125 {
126 ind_done = 0;
127
128 /* count as many characters as we can use */
129 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
130 {
131 if (*p == TAB)
132 {
133 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
134 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
135 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
136 if (todo < tab_pad)
137 break;
138 todo -= tab_pad;
139 ++ind_len;
140 ind_done += tab_pad;
141 }
142 else
143 {
144 --todo;
145 ++ind_len;
146 ++ind_done;
147 }
148 ++p;
149 }
150
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000151 /* Set initial number of whitespace chars to copy if we are
152 * preserving indent but expandtab is set */
153 if (curbuf->b_p_et)
154 orig_char_len = ind_len;
155
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000156 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
157 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000158 if (todo >= tab_pad && orig_char_len == -1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000159 {
160 doit = TRUE;
161 todo -= tab_pad;
162 ++ind_len;
163 /* ind_done += tab_pad; */
164 }
165 }
166
167 /* count tabs required for indent */
168 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
169 {
170 if (*p != TAB)
171 doit = TRUE;
172 else
173 ++p;
174 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
175 ++ind_len;
176 /* ind_done += (int)curbuf->b_p_ts; */
177 }
178 }
179 /* count spaces required for indent */
180 while (todo > 0)
181 {
182 if (*p != ' ')
183 doit = TRUE;
184 else
185 ++p;
186 --todo;
187 ++ind_len;
188 /* ++ind_done; */
189 }
190
191 /* Return if the indent is OK already. */
192 if (!doit && !vim_iswhite(*p) && !(flags & SIN_INSERT))
193 return FALSE;
194
195 /* Allocate memory for the new line. */
196 if (flags & SIN_INSERT)
197 p = oldline;
198 else
199 p = skipwhite(p);
200 line_len = (int)STRLEN(p) + 1;
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000201
202 /* If 'preserveindent' and 'expandtab' are both set keep the original
203 * characters and allocate accordingly. We will fill the rest with spaces
204 * after the if (!curbuf->b_p_et) below. */
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000205 if (orig_char_len != -1)
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000206 {
207 newline = alloc(orig_char_len + size - ind_done + line_len);
208 if (newline == NULL)
209 return FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar4d64b782007-08-14 20:16:42 +0000210 todo = size - ind_done;
211 ind_len = orig_char_len + todo; /* Set total length of indent in
212 * characters, which may have been
213 * undercounted until now */
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000214 p = oldline;
215 s = newline;
216 while (orig_char_len > 0)
217 {
218 *s++ = *p++;
219 orig_char_len--;
220 }
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000221
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000222 /* Skip over any additional white space (useful when newindent is less
223 * than old) */
224 while (vim_iswhite(*p))
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +0000225 ++p;
Bram Moolenaarcc00b952007-08-11 12:32:57 +0000226
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +0000227 }
228 else
229 {
230 todo = size;
231 newline = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
232 if (newline == NULL)
233 return FALSE;
234 s = newline;
235 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000236
237 /* Put the characters in the new line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000238 /* if 'expandtab' isn't set: use TABs */
239 if (!curbuf->b_p_et)
240 {
241 /* If 'preserveindent' is set then reuse as much as possible of
242 * the existing indent structure for the new indent */
243 if (!(flags & SIN_INSERT) && curbuf->b_p_pi)
244 {
245 p = oldline;
246 ind_done = 0;
247
248 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*p))
249 {
250 if (*p == TAB)
251 {
252 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
253 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
254 /* stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
255 if (todo < tab_pad)
256 break;
257 todo -= tab_pad;
258 ind_done += tab_pad;
259 }
260 else
261 {
262 --todo;
263 ++ind_done;
264 }
265 *s++ = *p++;
266 }
267
268 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
269 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
270 if (todo >= tab_pad)
271 {
272 *s++ = TAB;
273 todo -= tab_pad;
274 }
275
276 p = skipwhite(p);
277 }
278
279 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
280 {
281 *s++ = TAB;
282 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
283 }
284 }
285 while (todo > 0)
286 {
287 *s++ = ' ';
288 --todo;
289 }
290 mch_memmove(s, p, (size_t)line_len);
291
292 /* Replace the line (unless undo fails). */
293 if (!(flags & SIN_UNDO) || u_savesub(curwin->w_cursor.lnum) == OK)
294 {
295 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, newline, FALSE);
296 if (flags & SIN_CHANGED)
297 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
298 /* Correct saved cursor position if it's after the indent. */
299 if (saved_cursor.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum
300 && saved_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - oldline))
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +0000301 saved_cursor.col += ind_len - (colnr_T)(p - oldline);
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000302 retval = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000303 }
304 else
305 vim_free(newline);
306
307 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +0000308 return retval;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000309}
310
311/*
312 * Copy the indent from ptr to the current line (and fill to size)
313 * Leaves the cursor on the first non-blank in the line.
314 * Returns TRUE if the line was changed.
315 */
316 static int
317copy_indent(size, src)
318 int size;
319 char_u *src;
320{
321 char_u *p = NULL;
322 char_u *line = NULL;
323 char_u *s;
324 int todo;
325 int ind_len;
326 int line_len = 0;
327 int tab_pad;
328 int ind_done;
329 int round;
330
331 /* Round 1: compute the number of characters needed for the indent
332 * Round 2: copy the characters. */
333 for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
334 {
335 todo = size;
336 ind_len = 0;
337 ind_done = 0;
338 s = src;
339
340 /* Count/copy the usable portion of the source line */
341 while (todo > 0 && vim_iswhite(*s))
342 {
343 if (*s == TAB)
344 {
345 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts
346 - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
347 /* Stop if this tab will overshoot the target */
348 if (todo < tab_pad)
349 break;
350 todo -= tab_pad;
351 ind_done += tab_pad;
352 }
353 else
354 {
355 --todo;
356 ++ind_done;
357 }
358 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000359 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000360 *p++ = *s;
361 ++s;
362 }
363
364 /* Fill to next tabstop with a tab, if possible */
365 tab_pad = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts - (ind_done % (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
366 if (todo >= tab_pad)
367 {
368 todo -= tab_pad;
369 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000370 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000371 *p++ = TAB;
372 }
373
374 /* Add tabs required for indent */
375 while (todo >= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts)
376 {
377 todo -= (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
378 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000379 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000380 *p++ = TAB;
381 }
382
383 /* Count/add spaces required for indent */
384 while (todo > 0)
385 {
386 --todo;
387 ++ind_len;
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000388 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389 *p++ = ' ';
390 }
391
Bram Moolenaareb3593b2006-04-22 22:33:57 +0000392 if (p == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000393 {
394 /* Allocate memory for the result: the copied indent, new indent
395 * and the rest of the line. */
396 line_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline()) + 1;
397 line = alloc(ind_len + line_len);
398 if (line == NULL)
399 return FALSE;
400 p = line;
401 }
402 }
403
404 /* Append the original line */
405 mch_memmove(p, ml_get_curline(), (size_t)line_len);
406
407 /* Replace the line */
408 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, line, FALSE);
409
410 /* Put the cursor after the indent. */
411 curwin->w_cursor.col = ind_len;
412 return TRUE;
413}
414
415/*
416 * Return the indent of the current line after a number. Return -1 if no
417 * number was found. Used for 'n' in 'formatoptions': numbered list.
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000418 * Since a pattern is used it can actually handle more than numbers.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000419 */
420 int
421get_number_indent(lnum)
422 linenr_T lnum;
423{
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000424 colnr_T col;
425 pos_T pos;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000426 regmmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000427
428 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
429 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000430 pos.lnum = 0;
431 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(curbuf->b_p_flp, RE_MAGIC);
432 if (regmatch.regprog != NULL)
433 {
434 regmatch.rmm_ic = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar3b56eb32005-07-11 22:40:32 +0000435 regmatch.rmm_maxcol = 0;
Bram Moolenaar91a4e822008-01-19 14:59:58 +0000436 if (vim_regexec_multi(&regmatch, curwin, curbuf, lnum,
437 (colnr_T)0, NULL))
Bram Moolenaar86b68352004-12-27 21:59:20 +0000438 {
439 pos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum + lnum;
440 pos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
441#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
442 pos.coladd = 0;
443#endif
444 }
445 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
446 }
447
448 if (pos.lnum == 0 || *ml_get_pos(&pos) == NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000449 return -1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000450 getvcol(curwin, &pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
451 return (int)col;
452}
453
454#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT)
455
456static int cin_is_cinword __ARGS((char_u *line));
457
458/*
459 * Return TRUE if the string "line" starts with a word from 'cinwords'.
460 */
461 static int
462cin_is_cinword(line)
463 char_u *line;
464{
465 char_u *cinw;
466 char_u *cinw_buf;
467 int cinw_len;
468 int retval = FALSE;
469 int len;
470
471 cinw_len = (int)STRLEN(curbuf->b_p_cinw) + 1;
472 cinw_buf = alloc((unsigned)cinw_len);
473 if (cinw_buf != NULL)
474 {
475 line = skipwhite(line);
476 for (cinw = curbuf->b_p_cinw; *cinw; )
477 {
478 len = copy_option_part(&cinw, cinw_buf, cinw_len, ",");
479 if (STRNCMP(line, cinw_buf, len) == 0
480 && (!vim_iswordc(line[len]) || !vim_iswordc(line[len - 1])))
481 {
482 retval = TRUE;
483 break;
484 }
485 }
486 vim_free(cinw_buf);
487 }
488 return retval;
489}
490#endif
491
492/*
493 * open_line: Add a new line below or above the current line.
494 *
495 * For VREPLACE mode, we only add a new line when we get to the end of the
496 * file, otherwise we just start replacing the next line.
497 *
498 * Caller must take care of undo. Since VREPLACE may affect any number of
499 * lines however, it may call u_save_cursor() again when starting to change a
500 * new line.
501 * "flags": OPENLINE_DELSPACES delete spaces after cursor
502 * OPENLINE_DO_COM format comments
503 * OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL keep trailing spaces
504 * OPENLINE_MARKFIX adjust mark positions after the line break
505 *
506 * Return TRUE for success, FALSE for failure
507 */
508 int
509open_line(dir, flags, old_indent)
510 int dir; /* FORWARD or BACKWARD */
511 int flags;
512 int old_indent; /* indent for after ^^D in Insert mode */
513{
514 char_u *saved_line; /* copy of the original line */
515 char_u *next_line = NULL; /* copy of the next line */
516 char_u *p_extra = NULL; /* what goes to next line */
517 int less_cols = 0; /* less columns for mark in new line */
518 int less_cols_off = 0; /* columns to skip for mark adjust */
519 pos_T old_cursor; /* old cursor position */
520 int newcol = 0; /* new cursor column */
521 int newindent = 0; /* auto-indent of the new line */
522 int n;
523 int trunc_line = FALSE; /* truncate current line afterwards */
524 int retval = FALSE; /* return value, default is FAIL */
525#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
526 int extra_len = 0; /* length of p_extra string */
527 int lead_len; /* length of comment leader */
528 char_u *lead_flags; /* position in 'comments' for comment leader */
529 char_u *leader = NULL; /* copy of comment leader */
530#endif
531 char_u *allocated = NULL; /* allocated memory */
532#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_LISP) \
533 || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
534 char_u *p;
535#endif
536 int saved_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
537#if defined(FEAT_SMARTINDENT) || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS)
538 pos_T *pos;
539#endif
540#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
541 int do_si = (!p_paste && curbuf->b_p_si
542# ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
543 && !curbuf->b_p_cin
544# endif
545 );
546 int no_si = FALSE; /* reset did_si afterwards */
547 int first_char = NUL; /* init for GCC */
548#endif
549#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
550 int vreplace_mode;
551#endif
552 int did_append; /* appended a new line */
553 int saved_pi = curbuf->b_p_pi; /* copy of preserveindent setting */
554
555 /*
556 * make a copy of the current line so we can mess with it
557 */
558 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
559 if (saved_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
560 return FALSE;
561
562#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
563 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
564 {
565 /*
566 * With VREPLACE we make a copy of the next line, which we will be
567 * starting to replace. First make the new line empty and let vim play
568 * with the indenting and comment leader to its heart's content. Then
569 * we grab what it ended up putting on the new line, put back the
570 * original line, and call ins_char() to put each new character onto
571 * the line, replacing what was there before and pushing the right
572 * stuff onto the replace stack. -- webb.
573 */
574 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < orig_line_count)
575 next_line = vim_strsave(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1));
576 else
577 next_line = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
578 if (next_line == NULL) /* out of memory! */
579 goto theend;
580
581 /*
582 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
583 * replacing the next line, so push all of the characters left on the
584 * line onto the replace stack. We'll push any other characters that
585 * might be replaced at the start of the next line (due to autoindent
586 * etc) a bit later.
587 */
588 replace_push(NUL); /* Call twice because BS over NL expects it */
589 replace_push(NUL);
590 p = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
591 while (*p != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +0000592 {
593#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
594 if (has_mbyte)
595 p += replace_push_mb(p);
596 else
597#endif
598 replace_push(*p++);
599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000600 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
601 }
602#endif
603
604 if ((State & INSERT)
605#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
606 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
607#endif
608 )
609 {
610 p_extra = saved_line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
611#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
612 if (do_si) /* need first char after new line break */
613 {
614 p = skipwhite(p_extra);
615 first_char = *p;
616 }
617#endif
618#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
619 extra_len = (int)STRLEN(p_extra);
620#endif
621 saved_char = *p_extra;
622 *p_extra = NUL;
623 }
624
625 u_clearline(); /* cannot do "U" command when adding lines */
626#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
627 did_si = FALSE;
628#endif
629 ai_col = 0;
630
631 /*
632 * If we just did an auto-indent, then we didn't type anything on
633 * the prior line, and it should be truncated. Do this even if 'ai' is not
634 * set because automatically inserting a comment leader also sets did_ai.
635 */
636 if (dir == FORWARD && did_ai)
637 trunc_line = TRUE;
638
639 /*
640 * If 'autoindent' and/or 'smartindent' is set, try to figure out what
641 * indent to use for the new line.
642 */
643 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
644#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
645 || do_si
646#endif
647 )
648 {
649 /*
650 * count white space on current line
651 */
652 newindent = get_indent_str(saved_line, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
653 if (newindent == 0)
654 newindent = old_indent; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
655
656#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
657 /*
658 * Do smart indenting.
659 * In insert/replace mode (only when dir == FORWARD)
660 * we may move some text to the next line. If it starts with '{'
661 * don't add an indent. Fixes inserting a NL before '{' in line
662 * "if (condition) {"
663 */
664 if (!trunc_line && do_si && *saved_line != NUL
665 && (p_extra == NULL || first_char != '{'))
666 {
667 char_u *ptr;
668 char_u last_char;
669
670 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
671 ptr = saved_line;
672# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
673 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
674 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
675 else
676 lead_len = 0;
677# endif
678 if (dir == FORWARD)
679 {
680 /*
681 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
682 * recognised as comments.
683 */
684 if (
685# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
686 lead_len == 0 &&
687# endif
688 ptr[0] == '#')
689 {
690 while (ptr[0] == '#' && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
691 ptr = ml_get(--curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
692 newindent = get_indent();
693 }
694# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
695 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
696 lead_len = get_leader_len(ptr, NULL, FALSE);
697 else
698 lead_len = 0;
699 if (lead_len > 0)
700 {
701 /*
702 * This case gets the following right:
703 * \*
704 * * A comment (read '\' as '/').
705 * *\
706 * #define IN_THE_WAY
707 * This should line up here;
708 */
709 p = skipwhite(ptr);
710 if (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '*')
711 p++;
712 if (p[0] == '*')
713 {
714 for (p++; *p; p++)
715 {
716 if (p[0] == '/' && p[-1] == '*')
717 {
718 /*
719 * End of C comment, indent should line up
720 * with the line containing the start of
721 * the comment
722 */
723 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
724 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
725 {
726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
727 newindent = get_indent();
728 }
729 }
730 }
731 }
732 }
733 else /* Not a comment line */
734# endif
735 {
736 /* Find last non-blank in line */
737 p = ptr + STRLEN(ptr) - 1;
738 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
739 --p;
740 last_char = *p;
741
742 /*
743 * find the character just before the '{' or ';'
744 */
745 if (last_char == '{' || last_char == ';')
746 {
747 if (p > ptr)
748 --p;
749 while (p > ptr && vim_iswhite(*p))
750 --p;
751 }
752 /*
753 * Try to catch lines that are split over multiple
754 * lines. eg:
755 * if (condition &&
756 * condition) {
757 * Should line up here!
758 * }
759 */
760 if (*p == ')')
761 {
762 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(p - ptr);
763 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
764 {
765 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
766 newindent = get_indent();
767 ptr = ml_get_curline();
768 }
769 }
770 /*
771 * If last character is '{' do indent, without
772 * checking for "if" and the like.
773 */
774 if (last_char == '{')
775 {
776 did_si = TRUE; /* do indent */
777 no_si = TRUE; /* don't delete it when '{' typed */
778 }
779 /*
780 * Look for "if" and the like, use 'cinwords'.
781 * Don't do this if the previous line ended in ';' or
782 * '}'.
783 */
784 else if (last_char != ';' && last_char != '}'
785 && cin_is_cinword(ptr))
786 did_si = TRUE;
787 }
788 }
789 else /* dir == BACKWARD */
790 {
791 /*
792 * Skip preprocessor directives, unless they are
793 * recognised as comments.
794 */
795 if (
796# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
797 lead_len == 0 &&
798# endif
799 ptr[0] == '#')
800 {
801 int was_backslashed = FALSE;
802
803 while ((ptr[0] == '#' || was_backslashed) &&
804 curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
805 {
806 if (*ptr && ptr[STRLEN(ptr) - 1] == '\\')
807 was_backslashed = TRUE;
808 else
809 was_backslashed = FALSE;
810 ptr = ml_get(++curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
811 }
812 if (was_backslashed)
813 newindent = 0; /* Got to end of file */
814 else
815 newindent = get_indent();
816 }
817 p = skipwhite(ptr);
818 if (*p == '}') /* if line starts with '}': do indent */
819 did_si = TRUE;
820 else /* can delete indent when '{' typed */
821 can_si_back = TRUE;
822 }
823 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
824 }
825 if (do_si)
826 can_si = TRUE;
827#endif /* FEAT_SMARTINDENT */
828
829 did_ai = TRUE;
830 }
831
832#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
833 /*
834 * Find out if the current line starts with a comment leader.
835 * This may then be inserted in front of the new line.
836 */
837 end_comment_pending = NUL;
838 if (flags & OPENLINE_DO_COM)
839 lead_len = get_leader_len(saved_line, &lead_flags, dir == BACKWARD);
840 else
841 lead_len = 0;
842 if (lead_len > 0)
843 {
844 char_u *lead_repl = NULL; /* replaces comment leader */
845 int lead_repl_len = 0; /* length of *lead_repl */
846 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
847 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
848 char_u *comment_end = NULL; /* where lead_end has been found */
849 int extra_space = FALSE; /* append extra space */
850 int current_flag;
851 int require_blank = FALSE; /* requires blank after middle */
852 char_u *p2;
853
854 /*
855 * If the comment leader has the start, middle or end flag, it may not
856 * be used or may be replaced with the middle leader.
857 */
858 for (p = lead_flags; *p && *p != ':'; ++p)
859 {
860 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
861 {
862 require_blank = TRUE;
863 continue;
864 }
865 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
866 {
867 current_flag = *p;
868 if (*p == COM_START)
869 {
870 /*
871 * Doing "O" on a start of comment does not insert leader.
872 */
873 if (dir == BACKWARD)
874 {
875 lead_len = 0;
876 break;
877 }
878
879 /* find start of middle part */
880 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
881 require_blank = FALSE;
882 }
883
884 /*
885 * Isolate the strings of the middle and end leader.
886 */
887 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
888 {
889 if (*p == COM_BLANK)
890 require_blank = TRUE;
891 ++p;
892 }
893 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_middle, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
894
895 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
896 {
897 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
898 if (*p == COM_AUTO_END)
899 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
900 ++p;
901 }
902 n = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
903
904 if (end_comment_pending == -1) /* we can set it now */
905 end_comment_pending = lead_end[n - 1];
906
907 /*
908 * If the end of the comment is in the same line, don't use
909 * the comment leader.
910 */
911 if (dir == FORWARD)
912 {
913 for (p = saved_line + lead_len; *p; ++p)
914 if (STRNCMP(p, lead_end, n) == 0)
915 {
916 comment_end = p;
917 lead_len = 0;
918 break;
919 }
920 }
921
922 /*
923 * Doing "o" on a start of comment inserts the middle leader.
924 */
925 if (lead_len > 0)
926 {
927 if (current_flag == COM_START)
928 {
929 lead_repl = lead_middle;
930 lead_repl_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
931 }
932
933 /*
934 * If we have hit RETURN immediately after the start
935 * comment leader, then put a space after the middle
936 * comment leader on the next line.
937 */
938 if (!vim_iswhite(saved_line[lead_len - 1])
939 && ((p_extra != NULL
940 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col == lead_len)
941 || (p_extra == NULL
942 && saved_line[lead_len] == NUL)
943 || require_blank))
944 extra_space = TRUE;
945 }
946 break;
947 }
948 if (*p == COM_END)
949 {
950 /*
951 * Doing "o" on the end of a comment does not insert leader.
952 * Remember where the end is, might want to use it to find the
953 * start (for C-comments).
954 */
955 if (dir == FORWARD)
956 {
957 comment_end = skipwhite(saved_line);
958 lead_len = 0;
959 break;
960 }
961
962 /*
963 * Doing "O" on the end of a comment inserts the middle leader.
964 * Find the string for the middle leader, searching backwards.
965 */
966 while (p > curbuf->b_p_com && *p != ',')
967 --p;
968 for (lead_repl = p; lead_repl > curbuf->b_p_com
969 && lead_repl[-1] != ':'; --lead_repl)
970 ;
971 lead_repl_len = (int)(p - lead_repl);
972
973 /* We can probably always add an extra space when doing "O" on
974 * the comment-end */
975 extra_space = TRUE;
976
977 /* Check whether we allow automatic ending of comments */
978 for (p2 = p; *p2 && *p2 != ':'; p2++)
979 {
980 if (*p2 == COM_AUTO_END)
981 end_comment_pending = -1; /* means we want to set it */
982 }
983 if (end_comment_pending == -1)
984 {
985 /* Find last character in end-comment string */
986 while (*p2 && *p2 != ',')
987 p2++;
988 end_comment_pending = p2[-1];
989 }
990 break;
991 }
992 if (*p == COM_FIRST)
993 {
994 /*
995 * Comment leader for first line only: Don't repeat leader
996 * when using "O", blank out leader when using "o".
997 */
998 if (dir == BACKWARD)
999 lead_len = 0;
1000 else
1001 {
1002 lead_repl = (char_u *)"";
1003 lead_repl_len = 0;
1004 }
1005 break;
1006 }
1007 }
1008 if (lead_len)
1009 {
1010 /* allocate buffer (may concatenate p_exta later) */
1011 leader = alloc(lead_len + lead_repl_len + extra_space +
1012 extra_len + 1);
1013 allocated = leader; /* remember to free it later */
1014
1015 if (leader == NULL)
1016 lead_len = 0;
1017 else
1018 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00001019 vim_strncpy(leader, saved_line, lead_len);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001020
1021 /*
1022 * Replace leader with lead_repl, right or left adjusted
1023 */
1024 if (lead_repl != NULL)
1025 {
1026 int c = 0;
1027 int off = 0;
1028
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001029 for (p = lead_flags; *p != NUL && *p != ':'; )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030 {
1031 if (*p == COM_RIGHT || *p == COM_LEFT)
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001032 c = *p++;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001033 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
1034 off = getdigits(&p);
Bram Moolenaard7d5b472009-11-11 16:30:08 +00001035 else
1036 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001037 }
1038 if (c == COM_RIGHT) /* right adjusted leader */
1039 {
1040 /* find last non-white in the leader to line up with */
1041 for (p = leader + lead_len - 1; p > leader
1042 && vim_iswhite(*p); --p)
1043 ;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001044 ++p;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001045
1046#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1047 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1048 * screen characters, not bytes. */
1049 {
1050 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1051 lead_repl_len);
1052 int old_size = 0;
1053 char_u *endp = p;
1054 int l;
1055
1056 while (old_size < repl_size && p > leader)
1057 {
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001058 mb_ptr_back(leader, p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001059 old_size += ptr2cells(p);
1060 }
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00001061 l = lead_repl_len - (int)(endp - p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001062 if (l != 0)
1063 mch_memmove(endp + l, endp,
1064 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - endp));
1065 lead_len += l;
1066 }
1067#else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001068 if (p < leader + lead_repl_len)
1069 p = leader;
1070 else
1071 p -= lead_repl_len;
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001072#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1074 if (p + lead_repl_len > leader + lead_len)
1075 p[lead_repl_len] = NUL;
1076
1077 /* blank-out any other chars from the old leader. */
1078 while (--p >= leader)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001079 {
1080#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1081 int l = mb_head_off(leader, p);
1082
1083 if (l > 1)
1084 {
1085 p -= l;
1086 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1087 {
1088 p[1] = ' ';
1089 --l;
1090 }
1091 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l + 1,
1092 (size_t)((leader + lead_len) - (p + l + 1)));
1093 lead_len -= l;
1094 *p = ' ';
1095 }
1096 else
1097#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001098 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1099 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001100 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001101 }
1102 else /* left adjusted leader */
1103 {
1104 p = skipwhite(leader);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001105#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1106 /* Compute the length of the replaced characters in
1107 * screen characters, not bytes. Move the part that is
1108 * not to be overwritten. */
1109 {
1110 int repl_size = vim_strnsize(lead_repl,
1111 lead_repl_len);
1112 int i;
1113 int l;
1114
1115 for (i = 0; p[i] != NUL && i < lead_len; i += l)
1116 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001117 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001118 if (vim_strnsize(p, i + l) > repl_size)
1119 break;
1120 }
1121 if (i != lead_repl_len)
1122 {
1123 mch_memmove(p + lead_repl_len, p + i,
Bram Moolenaar2d7ff052009-11-17 15:08:26 +00001124 (size_t)(lead_len - i - (p - leader)));
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001125 lead_len += lead_repl_len - i;
1126 }
1127 }
1128#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001129 mch_memmove(p, lead_repl, (size_t)lead_repl_len);
1130
1131 /* Replace any remaining non-white chars in the old
1132 * leader by spaces. Keep Tabs, the indent must
1133 * remain the same. */
1134 for (p += lead_repl_len; p < leader + lead_len; ++p)
1135 if (!vim_iswhite(*p))
1136 {
1137 /* Don't put a space before a TAB. */
1138 if (p + 1 < leader + lead_len && p[1] == TAB)
1139 {
1140 --lead_len;
1141 mch_memmove(p, p + 1,
1142 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1143 }
1144 else
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001145 {
1146#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00001147 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001148
1149 if (l > 1)
1150 {
1151 if (ptr2cells(p) > 1)
1152 {
1153 /* Replace a double-wide char with
1154 * two spaces */
1155 --l;
1156 *p++ = ' ';
1157 }
1158 mch_memmove(p + 1, p + l,
1159 (leader + lead_len) - p);
1160 lead_len -= l - 1;
1161 }
1162#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001163 *p = ' ';
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00001164 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001165 }
1166 *p = NUL;
1167 }
1168
1169 /* Recompute the indent, it may have changed. */
1170 if (curbuf->b_p_ai
1171#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1172 || do_si
1173#endif
1174 )
1175 newindent = get_indent_str(leader, (int)curbuf->b_p_ts);
1176
1177 /* Add the indent offset */
1178 if (newindent + off < 0)
1179 {
1180 off = -newindent;
1181 newindent = 0;
1182 }
1183 else
1184 newindent += off;
1185
1186 /* Correct trailing spaces for the shift, so that
1187 * alignment remains equal. */
1188 while (off > 0 && lead_len > 0
1189 && leader[lead_len - 1] == ' ')
1190 {
1191 /* Don't do it when there is a tab before the space */
1192 if (vim_strchr(skipwhite(leader), '\t') != NULL)
1193 break;
1194 --lead_len;
1195 --off;
1196 }
1197
1198 /* If the leader ends in white space, don't add an
1199 * extra space */
1200 if (lead_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(leader[lead_len - 1]))
1201 extra_space = FALSE;
1202 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1203 }
1204
1205 if (extra_space)
1206 {
1207 leader[lead_len++] = ' ';
1208 leader[lead_len] = NUL;
1209 }
1210
1211 newcol = lead_len;
1212
1213 /*
1214 * if a new indent will be set below, remove the indent that
1215 * is in the comment leader
1216 */
1217 if (newindent
1218#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1219 || did_si
1220#endif
1221 )
1222 {
1223 while (lead_len && vim_iswhite(*leader))
1224 {
1225 --lead_len;
1226 --newcol;
1227 ++leader;
1228 }
1229 }
1230
1231 }
1232#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1233 did_si = can_si = FALSE;
1234#endif
1235 }
1236 else if (comment_end != NULL)
1237 {
1238 /*
1239 * We have finished a comment, so we don't use the leader.
1240 * If this was a C-comment and 'ai' or 'si' is set do a normal
1241 * indent to align with the line containing the start of the
1242 * comment.
1243 */
1244 if (comment_end[0] == '*' && comment_end[1] == '/' &&
1245 (curbuf->b_p_ai
1246#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1247 || do_si
1248#endif
1249 ))
1250 {
1251 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1252 curwin->w_cursor.col = (colnr_T)(comment_end - saved_line);
1253 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, NUL)) != NULL)
1254 {
1255 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
1256 newindent = get_indent();
1257 }
1258 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1259 }
1260 }
1261 }
1262#endif
1263
1264 /* (State == INSERT || State == REPLACE), only when dir == FORWARD */
1265 if (p_extra != NULL)
1266 {
1267 *p_extra = saved_char; /* restore char that NUL replaced */
1268
1269 /*
1270 * When 'ai' set or "flags" has OPENLINE_DELSPACES, skip to the first
1271 * non-blank.
1272 *
1273 * When in REPLACE mode, put the deleted blanks on the replace stack,
1274 * preceded by a NUL, so they can be put back when a BS is entered.
1275 */
1276 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1277 replace_push(NUL); /* end of extra blanks */
1278 if (curbuf->b_p_ai || (flags & OPENLINE_DELSPACES))
1279 {
1280 while ((*p_extra == ' ' || *p_extra == '\t')
1281#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1282 && (!enc_utf8
1283 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(p_extra + 1)))
1284#endif
1285 )
1286 {
1287 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1288 replace_push(*p_extra);
1289 ++p_extra;
1290 ++less_cols_off;
1291 }
1292 }
1293 if (*p_extra != NUL)
1294 did_ai = FALSE; /* append some text, don't truncate now */
1295
1296 /* columns for marks adjusted for removed columns */
1297 less_cols = (int)(p_extra - saved_line);
1298 }
1299
1300 if (p_extra == NULL)
1301 p_extra = (char_u *)""; /* append empty line */
1302
1303#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1304 /* concatenate leader and p_extra, if there is a leader */
1305 if (lead_len)
1306 {
1307 STRCAT(leader, p_extra);
1308 p_extra = leader;
1309 did_ai = TRUE; /* So truncating blanks works with comments */
1310 less_cols -= lead_len;
1311 }
1312 else
1313 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* turns out there was no leader */
1314#endif
1315
1316 old_cursor = curwin->w_cursor;
1317 if (dir == BACKWARD)
1318 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1319#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1320 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG) || old_cursor.lnum >= orig_line_count)
1321#endif
1322 {
1323 if (ml_append(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, (colnr_T)0, FALSE)
1324 == FAIL)
1325 goto theend;
1326 /* Postpone calling changed_lines(), because it would mess up folding
1327 * with markers. */
1328 mark_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, 1L, 0L);
1329 did_append = TRUE;
1330 }
1331#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1332 else
1333 {
1334 /*
1335 * In VREPLACE mode we are starting to replace the next line.
1336 */
1337 curwin->w_cursor.lnum++;
1338 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= Insstart.lnum + vr_lines_changed)
1339 {
1340 /* In case we NL to a new line, BS to the previous one, and NL
1341 * again, we don't want to save the new line for undo twice.
1342 */
1343 (void)u_save_cursor(); /* errors are ignored! */
1344 vr_lines_changed++;
1345 }
1346 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, p_extra, TRUE);
1347 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0);
1348 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
1349 did_append = FALSE;
1350 }
1351#endif
1352
1353 if (newindent
1354#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1355 || did_si
1356#endif
1357 )
1358 {
1359 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1360#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1361 if (did_si)
1362 {
1363 if (p_sr)
1364 newindent -= newindent % (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1365 newindent += (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
1366 }
1367#endif
Bram Moolenaar5002c292007-07-24 13:26:15 +00001368 /* Copy the indent */
1369 if (curbuf->b_p_ci)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001370 {
1371 (void)copy_indent(newindent, saved_line);
1372
1373 /*
1374 * Set the 'preserveindent' option so that any further screwing
1375 * with the line doesn't entirely destroy our efforts to preserve
1376 * it. It gets restored at the function end.
1377 */
1378 curbuf->b_p_pi = TRUE;
1379 }
1380 else
1381 (void)set_indent(newindent, SIN_INSERT);
1382 less_cols -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
1383
1384 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1385
1386 /*
1387 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the new indent, there must
1388 * be a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS
1389 */
1390 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1391 for (n = 0; n < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col; ++n)
1392 replace_push(NUL);
1393 newcol += curwin->w_cursor.col;
1394#ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
1395 if (no_si)
1396 did_si = FALSE;
1397#endif
1398 }
1399
1400#ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1401 /*
1402 * In REPLACE mode, for each character in the extra leader, there must be
1403 * a NUL on the replace stack, for when it is deleted with BS.
1404 */
1405 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State))
1406 while (lead_len-- > 0)
1407 replace_push(NUL);
1408#endif
1409
1410 curwin->w_cursor = old_cursor;
1411
1412 if (dir == FORWARD)
1413 {
1414 if (trunc_line || (State & INSERT))
1415 {
1416 /* truncate current line at cursor */
1417 saved_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
1418 /* Remove trailing white space, unless OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL used. */
1419 if (trunc_line && !(flags & OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL))
1420 truncate_spaces(saved_line);
1421 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, saved_line, FALSE);
1422 saved_line = NULL;
1423 if (did_append)
1424 {
1425 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col,
1426 curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1, 1L);
1427 did_append = FALSE;
1428
1429 /* Move marks after the line break to the new line. */
1430 if (flags & OPENLINE_MARKFIX)
1431 mark_col_adjust(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
1432 curwin->w_cursor.col + less_cols_off,
1433 1L, (long)-less_cols);
1434 }
1435 else
1436 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
1437 }
1438
1439 /*
1440 * Put the cursor on the new line. Careful: the scrollup() above may
1441 * have moved w_cursor, we must use old_cursor.
1442 */
1443 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = old_cursor.lnum + 1;
1444 }
1445 if (did_append)
1446 changed_lines(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 0, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L);
1447
1448 curwin->w_cursor.col = newcol;
1449#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1450 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1451#endif
1452
1453#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1454 /*
1455 * In VREPLACE mode, we are handling the replace stack ourselves, so stop
1456 * fixthisline() from doing it (via change_indent()) by telling it we're in
1457 * normal INSERT mode.
1458 */
1459 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1460 {
1461 vreplace_mode = State; /* So we know to put things right later */
1462 State = INSERT;
1463 }
1464 else
1465 vreplace_mode = 0;
1466#endif
1467#ifdef FEAT_LISP
1468 /*
1469 * May do lisp indenting.
1470 */
1471 if (!p_paste
1472# ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
1473 && leader == NULL
1474# endif
1475 && curbuf->b_p_lisp
1476 && curbuf->b_p_ai)
1477 {
1478 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
1479 p = ml_get_curline();
1480 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1481 }
1482#endif
1483#ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
1484 /*
1485 * May do indenting after opening a new line.
1486 */
1487 if (!p_paste
1488 && (curbuf->b_p_cin
1489# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
1490 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
1491# endif
1492 )
1493 && in_cinkeys(dir == FORWARD
1494 ? KEY_OPEN_FORW
1495 : KEY_OPEN_BACK, ' ', linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)))
1496 {
1497 do_c_expr_indent();
1498 p = ml_get_curline();
1499 ai_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(p) - p);
1500 }
1501#endif
1502#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) && (defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT))
1503 if (vreplace_mode != 0)
1504 State = vreplace_mode;
1505#endif
1506
1507#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1508 /*
1509 * Finally, VREPLACE gets the stuff on the new line, then puts back the
1510 * original line, and inserts the new stuff char by char, pushing old stuff
1511 * onto the replace stack (via ins_char()).
1512 */
1513 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1514 {
1515 /* Put new line in p_extra */
1516 p_extra = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
1517 if (p_extra == NULL)
1518 goto theend;
1519
1520 /* Put back original line */
1521 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, next_line, FALSE);
1522
1523 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
1524 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
1525#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1526 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
1527#endif
1528 ins_bytes(p_extra); /* will call changed_bytes() */
1529 vim_free(p_extra);
1530 next_line = NULL;
1531 }
1532#endif
1533
1534 retval = TRUE; /* success! */
1535theend:
1536 curbuf->b_p_pi = saved_pi;
1537 vim_free(saved_line);
1538 vim_free(next_line);
1539 vim_free(allocated);
1540 return retval;
1541}
1542
1543#if defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
1544/*
1545 * get_leader_len() returns the length of the prefix of the given string
1546 * which introduces a comment. If this string is not a comment then 0 is
1547 * returned.
1548 * When "flags" is not NULL, it is set to point to the flags of the recognized
1549 * comment leader.
1550 * "backward" must be true for the "O" command.
1551 */
1552 int
1553get_leader_len(line, flags, backward)
1554 char_u *line;
1555 char_u **flags;
1556 int backward;
1557{
1558 int i, j;
1559 int got_com = FALSE;
1560 int found_one;
1561 char_u part_buf[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* buffer for one option part */
1562 char_u *string; /* pointer to comment string */
1563 char_u *list;
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001564 int middle_match_len = 0;
1565 char_u *prev_list;
1566 char_u *saved_flags;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001567
1568 i = 0;
1569 while (vim_iswhite(line[i])) /* leading white space is ignored */
1570 ++i;
1571
1572 /*
1573 * Repeat to match several nested comment strings.
1574 */
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001575 while (line[i] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001576 {
1577 /*
1578 * scan through the 'comments' option for a match
1579 */
1580 found_one = FALSE;
1581 for (list = curbuf->b_p_com; *list; )
1582 {
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001583 /* Get one option part into part_buf[]. Advance "list" to next
1584 * one. Put "string" at start of string. */
1585 if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
1586 *flags = list; /* remember where flags started */
1587 prev_list = list;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001588 (void)copy_option_part(&list, part_buf, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
1589 string = vim_strchr(part_buf, ':');
1590 if (string == NULL) /* missing ':', ignore this part */
1591 continue;
1592 *string++ = NUL; /* isolate flags from string */
1593
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001594 /* If we found a middle match previously, use that match when this
1595 * is not a middle or end. */
1596 if (middle_match_len != 0
1597 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) == NULL
1598 && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_END) == NULL)
1599 break;
1600
1601 /* When we already found a nested comment, only accept further
1602 * nested comments. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001603 if (got_com && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1604 continue;
1605
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001606 /* When 'O' flag present and using "O" command skip this one. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001607 if (backward && vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NOBACK) != NULL)
1608 continue;
1609
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001610 /* Line contents and string must match.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001611 * When string starts with white space, must have some white space
1612 * (but the amount does not need to match, there might be a mix of
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001613 * TABs and spaces). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001614 if (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1615 {
1616 if (i == 0 || !vim_iswhite(line[i - 1]))
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001617 continue; /* missing shite space */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001618 while (vim_iswhite(string[0]))
1619 ++string;
1620 }
1621 for (j = 0; string[j] != NUL && string[j] == line[i + j]; ++j)
1622 ;
1623 if (string[j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001624 continue; /* string doesn't match */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001625
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001626 /* When 'b' flag used, there must be white space or an
1627 * end-of-line after the string in the line. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_BLANK) != NULL
1629 && !vim_iswhite(line[i + j]) && line[i + j] != NUL)
1630 continue;
1631
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001632 /* We have found a match, stop searching unless this is a middle
1633 * comment. The middle comment can be a substring of the end
1634 * comment in which case it's better to return the length of the
1635 * end comment and its flags. Thus we keep searching with middle
1636 * and end matches and use an end match if it matches better. */
1637 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL)
1638 {
1639 if (middle_match_len == 0)
1640 {
1641 middle_match_len = j;
1642 saved_flags = prev_list;
1643 }
1644 continue;
1645 }
1646 if (middle_match_len != 0 && j > middle_match_len)
1647 /* Use this match instead of the middle match, since it's a
1648 * longer thus better match. */
1649 middle_match_len = 0;
1650
1651 if (middle_match_len == 0)
1652 i += j;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001653 found_one = TRUE;
1654 break;
1655 }
1656
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001657 if (middle_match_len != 0)
1658 {
1659 /* Use the previously found middle match after failing to find a
1660 * match with an end. */
1661 if (!got_com && flags != NULL)
1662 *flags = saved_flags;
1663 i += middle_match_len;
1664 found_one = TRUE;
1665 }
1666
1667 /* No match found, stop scanning. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 if (!found_one)
1669 break;
1670
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001671 /* Include any trailing white space. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001672 while (vim_iswhite(line[i]))
1673 ++i;
1674
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001675 /* If this comment doesn't nest, stop here. */
1676 got_com = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001677 if (vim_strchr(part_buf, COM_NEST) == NULL)
1678 break;
1679 }
Bram Moolenaara4271d52011-05-10 13:38:27 +02001680
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681 return (got_com ? i : 0);
1682}
1683#endif
1684
1685/*
1686 * Return the number of window lines occupied by buffer line "lnum".
1687 */
1688 int
1689plines(lnum)
1690 linenr_T lnum;
1691{
1692 return plines_win(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1693}
1694
1695 int
1696plines_win(wp, lnum, winheight)
1697 win_T *wp;
1698 linenr_T lnum;
1699 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1700{
1701#if defined(FEAT_DIFF) || defined(PROTO)
1702 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1703 * is one line anyway. */
1704 return plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight) + diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1705}
1706
1707 int
1708plines_nofill(lnum)
1709 linenr_T lnum;
1710{
1711 return plines_win_nofill(curwin, lnum, TRUE);
1712}
1713
1714 int
1715plines_win_nofill(wp, lnum, winheight)
1716 win_T *wp;
1717 linenr_T lnum;
1718 int winheight; /* when TRUE limit to window height */
1719{
1720#endif
1721 int lines;
1722
1723 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1724 return 1;
1725
1726#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1727 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1728 return 1;
1729#endif
1730
1731#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1732 /* A folded lines is handled just like an empty line. */
1733 /* NOTE: Caller must handle lines that are MAYBE folded. */
1734 if (lineFolded(wp, lnum) == TRUE)
1735 return 1;
1736#endif
1737
1738 lines = plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum);
1739 if (winheight > 0 && lines > wp->w_height)
1740 return (int)wp->w_height;
1741 return lines;
1742}
1743
1744/*
1745 * Return number of window lines physical line "lnum" will occupy in window
1746 * "wp". Does not care about folding, 'wrap' or 'diff'.
1747 */
1748 int
1749plines_win_nofold(wp, lnum)
1750 win_T *wp;
1751 linenr_T lnum;
1752{
1753 char_u *s;
1754 long col;
1755 int width;
1756
1757 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1758 if (*s == NUL) /* empty line */
1759 return 1;
1760 col = win_linetabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)MAXCOL);
1761
1762 /*
1763 * If list mode is on, then the '$' at the end of the line may take up one
1764 * extra column.
1765 */
1766 if (wp->w_p_list && lcs_eol != NUL)
1767 col += 1;
1768
1769 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001770 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber' and 'foldcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001771 */
1772 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
1773 if (width <= 0)
1774 return 32000;
1775 if (col <= width)
1776 return 1;
1777 col -= width;
1778 width += win_col_off2(wp);
1779 return (col + (width - 1)) / width + 1;
1780}
1781
1782/*
1783 * Like plines_win(), but only reports the number of physical screen lines
1784 * used from the start of the line to the given column number.
1785 */
1786 int
1787plines_win_col(wp, lnum, column)
1788 win_T *wp;
1789 linenr_T lnum;
1790 long column;
1791{
1792 long col;
1793 char_u *s;
1794 int lines = 0;
1795 int width;
1796
1797#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1798 /* Check for filler lines above this buffer line. When folded the result
1799 * is one line anyway. */
1800 lines = diff_check_fill(wp, lnum);
1801#endif
1802
1803 if (!wp->w_p_wrap)
1804 return lines + 1;
1805
1806#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
1807 if (wp->w_width == 0)
1808 return lines + 1;
1809#endif
1810
1811 s = ml_get_buf(wp->w_buffer, lnum, FALSE);
1812
1813 col = 0;
1814 while (*s != NUL && --column >= 0)
1815 {
1816 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00001817 mb_ptr_adv(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001818 }
1819
1820 /*
1821 * If *s is a TAB, and the TAB is not displayed as ^I, and we're not in
1822 * INSERT mode, then col must be adjusted so that it represents the last
1823 * screen position of the TAB. This only fixes an error when the TAB wraps
1824 * from one screen line to the next (when 'columns' is not a multiple of
1825 * 'ts') -- webb.
1826 */
1827 if (*s == TAB && (State & NORMAL) && (!wp->w_p_list || lcs_tab1))
1828 col += win_lbr_chartabsize(wp, s, (colnr_T)col, NULL) - 1;
1829
1830 /*
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02001831 * Add column offset for 'number', 'relativenumber', 'foldcolumn', etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001832 */
1833 width = W_WIDTH(wp) - win_col_off(wp);
Bram Moolenaar26470632006-10-24 19:12:40 +00001834 if (width <= 0)
1835 return 9999;
1836
1837 lines += 1;
1838 if (col > width)
1839 lines += (col - width) / (width + win_col_off2(wp)) + 1;
1840 return lines;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841}
1842
1843 int
1844plines_m_win(wp, first, last)
1845 win_T *wp;
1846 linenr_T first, last;
1847{
1848 int count = 0;
1849
1850 while (first <= last)
1851 {
1852#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
1853 int x;
1854
1855 /* Check if there are any really folded lines, but also included lines
1856 * that are maybe folded. */
1857 x = foldedCount(wp, first, NULL);
1858 if (x > 0)
1859 {
1860 ++count; /* count 1 for "+-- folded" line */
1861 first += x;
1862 }
1863 else
1864#endif
1865 {
1866#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
1867 if (first == wp->w_topline)
1868 count += plines_win_nofill(wp, first, TRUE) + wp->w_topfill;
1869 else
1870#endif
1871 count += plines_win(wp, first, TRUE);
1872 ++first;
1873 }
1874 }
1875 return (count);
1876}
1877
1878#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
1879/*
1880 * Insert string "p" at the cursor position. Stops at a NUL byte.
1881 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1882 */
1883 void
1884ins_bytes(p)
1885 char_u *p;
1886{
1887 ins_bytes_len(p, (int)STRLEN(p));
1888}
1889#endif
1890
1891#if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
1892 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1893/*
1894 * Insert string "p" with length "len" at the cursor position.
1895 * Handles Replace mode and multi-byte characters.
1896 */
1897 void
1898ins_bytes_len(p, len)
1899 char_u *p;
1900 int len;
1901{
1902 int i;
1903# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1904 int n;
1905
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001906 if (has_mbyte)
1907 for (i = 0; i < len; i += n)
1908 {
1909 if (enc_utf8)
1910 /* avoid reading past p[len] */
1911 n = utfc_ptr2len_len(p + i, len - i);
1912 else
1913 n = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + i);
1914 ins_char_bytes(p + i, n);
1915 }
1916 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001917# endif
Bram Moolenaar176dd1e2008-06-21 14:30:28 +00001918 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
1919 ins_char(p[i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001920}
1921#endif
1922
1923/*
1924 * Insert or replace a single character at the cursor position.
1925 * When in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode, replace any existing character.
1926 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
1927 * For multi-byte characters we get the whole character, the caller must
1928 * convert bytes to a character.
1929 */
1930 void
1931ins_char(c)
1932 int c;
1933{
1934#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
1935 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
1936 int n;
1937
1938 n = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
1939
1940 /* When "c" is 0x100, 0x200, etc. we don't want to insert a NUL byte.
1941 * Happens for CTRL-Vu9900. */
1942 if (buf[0] == 0)
1943 buf[0] = '\n';
1944
1945 ins_char_bytes(buf, n);
1946}
1947
1948 void
1949ins_char_bytes(buf, charlen)
1950 char_u *buf;
1951 int charlen;
1952{
1953 int c = buf[0];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001954#endif
1955 int newlen; /* nr of bytes inserted */
1956 int oldlen; /* nr of bytes deleted (0 when not replacing) */
1957 char_u *p;
1958 char_u *newp;
1959 char_u *oldp;
1960 int linelen; /* length of old line including NUL */
1961 colnr_T col;
1962 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
1963 int i;
1964
1965#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
1966 /* Break tabs if needed. */
1967 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
1968 coladvance_force(getviscol());
1969#endif
1970
1971 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
1972 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
1973 linelen = (int)STRLEN(oldp) + 1;
1974
1975 /* The lengths default to the values for when not replacing. */
1976 oldlen = 0;
1977#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
1978 newlen = charlen;
1979#else
1980 newlen = 1;
1981#endif
1982
1983 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
1984 {
1985#ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
1986 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
1987 {
1988 colnr_T new_vcol = 0; /* init for GCC */
1989 colnr_T vcol;
1990 int old_list;
1991#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
1992 char_u buf[2];
1993#endif
1994
1995 /*
1996 * Disable 'list' temporarily, unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
1997 * Returns the old value of list, so when finished,
1998 * curwin->w_p_list should be set back to this.
1999 */
2000 old_list = curwin->w_p_list;
2001 if (old_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
2002 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
2003
2004 /*
2005 * In virtual replace mode each character may replace one or more
2006 * characters (zero if it's a TAB). Count the number of bytes to
2007 * be deleted to make room for the new character, counting screen
2008 * cells. May result in adding spaces to fill a gap.
2009 */
2010 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &vcol, NULL);
2011#ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
2012 buf[0] = c;
2013 buf[1] = NUL;
2014#endif
2015 new_vcol = vcol + chartabsize(buf, vcol);
2016 while (oldp[col + oldlen] != NUL && vcol < new_vcol)
2017 {
2018 vcol += chartabsize(oldp + col + oldlen, vcol);
2019 /* Don't need to remove a TAB that takes us to the right
2020 * position. */
2021 if (vcol > new_vcol && oldp[col + oldlen] == TAB)
2022 break;
2023#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002024 oldlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col + oldlen);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002025#else
2026 ++oldlen;
2027#endif
2028 /* Deleted a bit too much, insert spaces. */
2029 if (vcol > new_vcol)
2030 newlen += vcol - new_vcol;
2031 }
2032 curwin->w_p_list = old_list;
2033 }
2034 else
2035#endif
2036 if (oldp[col] != NUL)
2037 {
2038 /* normal replace */
2039#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002040 oldlen = (*mb_ptr2len)(oldp + col);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041#else
2042 oldlen = 1;
2043#endif
2044 }
2045
2046
2047 /* Push the replaced bytes onto the replace stack, so that they can be
2048 * put back when BS is used. The bytes of a multi-byte character are
2049 * done the other way around, so that the first byte is popped off
2050 * first (it tells the byte length of the character). */
2051 replace_push(NUL);
2052 for (i = 0; i < oldlen; ++i)
2053 {
2054#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002055 if (has_mbyte)
2056 i += replace_push_mb(oldp + col + i) - 1;
2057 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002058#endif
Bram Moolenaar2c994e82008-01-02 16:49:36 +00002059 replace_push(oldp[col + i]);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002060 }
2061 }
2062
2063 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(linelen + newlen - oldlen));
2064 if (newp == NULL)
2065 return;
2066
2067 /* Copy bytes before the cursor. */
2068 if (col > 0)
2069 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2070
2071 /* Copy bytes after the changed character(s). */
2072 p = newp + col;
2073 mch_memmove(p + newlen, oldp + col + oldlen,
2074 (size_t)(linelen - col - oldlen));
2075
2076 /* Insert or overwrite the new character. */
2077#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2078 mch_memmove(p, buf, charlen);
2079 i = charlen;
2080#else
2081 *p = c;
2082 i = 1;
2083#endif
2084
2085 /* Fill with spaces when necessary. */
2086 while (i < newlen)
2087 p[i++] = ' ';
2088
2089 /* Replace the line in the buffer. */
2090 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2091
2092 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2093 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2094
2095 /*
2096 * If we're in Insert or Replace mode and 'showmatch' is set, then briefly
2097 * show the match for right parens and braces.
2098 */
2099 if (p_sm && (State & INSERT)
2100 && msg_silent == 0
2101#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2102 && charlen == 1
2103#endif
Bram Moolenaar7e8fd632006-02-18 22:14:51 +00002104#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
2105 && !ins_compl_active()
2106#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002107 )
2108 showmatch(c);
2109
2110#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
2111 if (!p_ri || (State & REPLACE_FLAG))
2112#endif
2113 {
2114 /* Normal insert: move cursor right */
2115#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2116 curwin->w_cursor.col += charlen;
2117#else
2118 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
2119#endif
2120 }
2121 /*
2122 * TODO: should try to update w_row here, to avoid recomputing it later.
2123 */
2124}
2125
2126/*
2127 * Insert a string at the cursor position.
2128 * Note: Does NOT handle Replace mode.
2129 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2130 */
2131 void
2132ins_str(s)
2133 char_u *s;
2134{
2135 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2136 int newlen = (int)STRLEN(s);
2137 int oldlen;
2138 colnr_T col;
2139 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2140
2141#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2142 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
2143 coladvance_force(getviscol());
2144#endif
2145
2146 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2147 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2148 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2149
2150 newp = alloc_check((unsigned)(oldlen + newlen + 1));
2151 if (newp == NULL)
2152 return;
2153 if (col > 0)
2154 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2155 mch_memmove(newp + col, s, (size_t)newlen);
2156 mch_memmove(newp + col + newlen, oldp + col, (size_t)(oldlen - col + 1));
2157 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2158 changed_bytes(lnum, col);
2159 curwin->w_cursor.col += newlen;
2160}
2161
2162/*
2163 * Delete one character under the cursor.
2164 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2165 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2166 *
2167 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2168 */
2169 int
2170del_char(fixpos)
2171 int fixpos;
2172{
2173#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2174 if (has_mbyte)
2175 {
2176 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character. */
2177 mb_adjust_cursor();
2178 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL)
2179 return FAIL;
2180 return del_chars(1L, fixpos);
2181 }
2182#endif
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002183 return del_bytes(1L, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002184}
2185
2186#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
2187/*
2188 * Like del_bytes(), but delete characters instead of bytes.
2189 */
2190 int
2191del_chars(count, fixpos)
2192 long count;
2193 int fixpos;
2194{
2195 long bytes = 0;
2196 long i;
2197 char_u *p;
2198 int l;
2199
2200 p = ml_get_cursor();
2201 for (i = 0; i < count && *p != NUL; ++i)
2202 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002203 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002204 bytes += l;
2205 p += l;
2206 }
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002207 return del_bytes(bytes, fixpos, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002208}
2209#endif
2210
2211/*
2212 * Delete "count" bytes under the cursor.
2213 * If "fixpos" is TRUE, don't leave the cursor on the NUL after the line.
2214 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2215 *
2216 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2217 */
2218 int
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002219del_bytes(count, fixpos_arg, use_delcombine)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002220 long count;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002221 int fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar78a15312009-05-15 19:33:18 +00002222 int use_delcombine UNUSED; /* 'delcombine' option applies */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002223{
2224 char_u *oldp, *newp;
2225 colnr_T oldlen;
2226 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2227 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2228 int was_alloced;
2229 long movelen;
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002230 int fixpos = fixpos_arg;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002231
2232 oldp = ml_get(lnum);
2233 oldlen = (int)STRLEN(oldp);
2234
2235 /*
2236 * Can't do anything when the cursor is on the NUL after the line.
2237 */
2238 if (col >= oldlen)
2239 return FAIL;
2240
2241#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2242 /* If 'delcombine' is set and deleting (less than) one character, only
2243 * delete the last combining character. */
Bram Moolenaare3226be2005-12-18 22:10:00 +00002244 if (p_deco && use_delcombine && enc_utf8
2245 && utfc_ptr2len(oldp + col) >= count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002246 {
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002247 int cc[MAX_MCO];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248 int n;
2249
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00002250 (void)utfc_ptr2char(oldp + col, cc);
2251 if (cc[0] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002252 {
2253 /* Find the last composing char, there can be several. */
2254 n = col;
2255 do
2256 {
2257 col = n;
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00002258 count = utf_ptr2len(oldp + n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002259 n += count;
2260 } while (UTF_COMPOSINGLIKE(oldp + col, oldp + n));
2261 fixpos = 0;
2262 }
2263 }
2264#endif
2265
2266 /*
2267 * When count is too big, reduce it.
2268 */
2269 movelen = (long)oldlen - (long)col - count + 1; /* includes trailing NUL */
2270 if (movelen <= 1)
2271 {
2272 /*
2273 * If we just took off the last character of a non-blank line, and
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002274 * fixpos is TRUE, we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL,
2275 * unless "restart_edit" is set or 'virtualedit' contains "onemore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002276 */
Bram Moolenaarca003e12006-03-17 23:19:38 +00002277 if (col > 0 && fixpos && restart_edit == 0
2278#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2279 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
2280#endif
2281 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002282 {
2283 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2284#ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
2285 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
2286#endif
2287#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2288 if (has_mbyte)
2289 curwin->w_cursor.col -=
2290 (*mb_head_off)(oldp, oldp + curwin->w_cursor.col);
2291#endif
2292 }
2293 count = oldlen - col;
2294 movelen = 1;
2295 }
2296
2297 /*
2298 * If the old line has been allocated the deletion can be done in the
2299 * existing line. Otherwise a new line has to be allocated
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002300 * Can't do this when using Netbeans, because we would need to invoke
2301 * netbeans_removed(), which deallocates the line. Let ml_replace() take
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02002302 * care of notifying Netbeans.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002303 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002304#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
Bram Moolenaarb26e6322010-05-22 21:34:09 +02002305 if (netbeans_active())
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002306 was_alloced = FALSE;
2307 else
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308#endif
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00002309 was_alloced = ml_line_alloced(); /* check if oldp was allocated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002310 if (was_alloced)
2311 newp = oldp; /* use same allocated memory */
2312 else
2313 { /* need to allocate a new line */
2314 newp = alloc((unsigned)(oldlen + 1 - count));
2315 if (newp == NULL)
2316 return FAIL;
2317 mch_memmove(newp, oldp, (size_t)col);
2318 }
2319 mch_memmove(newp + col, oldp + col + count, (size_t)movelen);
2320 if (!was_alloced)
2321 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2322
2323 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2324 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2325
2326 return OK;
2327}
2328
2329/*
2330 * Delete from cursor to end of line.
2331 * Caller must have prepared for undo.
2332 *
2333 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
2334 */
2335 int
2336truncate_line(fixpos)
2337 int fixpos; /* if TRUE fix the cursor position when done */
2338{
2339 char_u *newp;
2340 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
2341 colnr_T col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
2342
2343 if (col == 0)
2344 newp = vim_strsave((char_u *)"");
2345 else
2346 newp = vim_strnsave(ml_get(lnum), col);
2347
2348 if (newp == NULL)
2349 return FAIL;
2350
2351 ml_replace(lnum, newp, FALSE);
2352
2353 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2354 changed_bytes(lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
2355
2356 /*
2357 * If "fixpos" is TRUE we don't want to end up positioned at the NUL.
2358 */
2359 if (fixpos && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
2360 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
2361
2362 return OK;
2363}
2364
2365/*
2366 * Delete "nlines" lines at the cursor.
2367 * Saves the lines for undo first if "undo" is TRUE.
2368 */
2369 void
2370del_lines(nlines, undo)
2371 long nlines; /* number of lines to delete */
2372 int undo; /* if TRUE, prepare for undo */
2373{
2374 long n;
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002375 linenr_T first = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002376
2377 if (nlines <= 0)
2378 return;
2379
2380 /* save the deleted lines for undo */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002381 if (undo && u_savedel(first, nlines) == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382 return;
2383
2384 for (n = 0; n < nlines; )
2385 {
2386 if (curbuf->b_ml.ml_flags & ML_EMPTY) /* nothing to delete */
2387 break;
2388
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002389 ml_delete(first, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002390 ++n;
2391
2392 /* If we delete the last line in the file, stop */
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002393 if (first > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002394 break;
2395 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002396
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002397 /* Correct the cursor position before calling deleted_lines_mark(), it may
2398 * trigger a callback to display the cursor. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002399 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
2400 check_cursor_lnum();
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002401
2402 /* adjust marks, mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
2403 deleted_lines_mark(first, n);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002404}
2405
2406 int
2407gchar_pos(pos)
2408 pos_T *pos;
2409{
2410 char_u *ptr = ml_get_pos(pos);
2411
2412#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2413 if (has_mbyte)
2414 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
2415#endif
2416 return (int)*ptr;
2417}
2418
2419 int
2420gchar_cursor()
2421{
2422#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
2423 if (has_mbyte)
2424 return (*mb_ptr2char)(ml_get_cursor());
2425#endif
2426 return (int)*ml_get_cursor();
2427}
2428
2429/*
2430 * Write a character at the current cursor position.
2431 * It is directly written into the block.
2432 */
2433 void
2434pchar_cursor(c)
2435 int c;
2436{
2437 *(ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, TRUE)
2438 + curwin->w_cursor.col) = c;
2439}
2440
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002441/*
2442 * When extra == 0: Return TRUE if the cursor is before or on the first
2443 * non-blank in the line.
2444 * When extra == 1: Return TRUE if the cursor is before the first non-blank in
2445 * the line.
2446 */
2447 int
2448inindent(extra)
2449 int extra;
2450{
2451 char_u *ptr;
2452 colnr_T col;
2453
2454 for (col = 0, ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr); ++col)
2455 ++ptr;
2456 if (col >= curwin->w_cursor.col + extra)
2457 return TRUE;
2458 else
2459 return FALSE;
2460}
2461
2462/*
2463 * Skip to next part of an option argument: Skip space and comma.
2464 */
2465 char_u *
2466skip_to_option_part(p)
2467 char_u *p;
2468{
2469 if (*p == ',')
2470 ++p;
2471 while (*p == ' ')
2472 ++p;
2473 return p;
2474}
2475
2476/*
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002477 * Call this function when something in the current buffer is changed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002478 *
2479 * Most often called through changed_bytes() and changed_lines(), which also
2480 * mark the area of the display to be redrawn.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002481 *
2482 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002483 */
2484 void
2485changed()
2486{
2487#if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
2488 /* The text of the preediting area is inserted, but this doesn't
2489 * mean a change of the buffer yet. That is delayed until the
2490 * text is committed. (this means preedit becomes empty) */
2491 if (im_is_preediting() && !xim_changed_while_preediting)
2492 return;
2493 xim_changed_while_preediting = FALSE;
2494#endif
2495
2496 if (!curbuf->b_changed)
2497 {
2498 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
2499
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002500 /* Give a warning about changing a read-only file. This may also
2501 * check-out the file, thus change "curbuf"! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002502 change_warning(0);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00002503
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002504 /* Create a swap file if that is wanted.
2505 * Don't do this for "nofile" and "nowrite" buffer types. */
2506 if (curbuf->b_may_swap
2507#ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
2508 && !bt_dontwrite(curbuf)
2509#endif
2510 )
2511 {
2512 ml_open_file(curbuf);
2513
2514 /* The ml_open_file() can cause an ATTENTION message.
2515 * Wait two seconds, to make sure the user reads this unexpected
2516 * message. Since we could be anywhere, call wait_return() now,
2517 * and don't let the emsg() set msg_scroll. */
2518 if (need_wait_return && emsg_silent == 0)
2519 {
2520 out_flush();
2521 ui_delay(2000L, TRUE);
2522 wait_return(TRUE);
2523 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
2524 }
2525 }
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002526 changed_int();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002527 }
2528 ++curbuf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002529}
2530
Bram Moolenaarfc2d5bd2010-05-15 17:06:53 +02002531/*
2532 * Internal part of changed(), no user interaction.
2533 */
2534 void
2535changed_int()
2536{
2537 curbuf->b_changed = TRUE;
2538 ml_setflags(curbuf);
2539#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2540 check_status(curbuf);
2541 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
2542#endif
2543#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2544 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2545#endif
2546}
2547
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002548static void changedOneline __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum));
2549static void changed_lines_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, linenr_T lnum, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002550static void changed_common __ARGS((linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col, linenr_T lnume, long xtra));
2551
2552/*
2553 * Changed bytes within a single line for the current buffer.
2554 * - marks the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2555 * - marks the buffer changed by calling changed()
2556 * - invalidates cached values
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002557 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002558 */
2559 void
2560changed_bytes(lnum, col)
2561 linenr_T lnum;
2562 colnr_T col;
2563{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002564 changedOneline(curbuf, lnum);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565 changed_common(lnum, col, lnum + 1, 0L);
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002566
2567#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2568 /* Diff highlighting in other diff windows may need to be updated too. */
2569 if (curwin->w_p_diff)
2570 {
2571 win_T *wp;
2572 linenr_T wlnum;
2573
2574 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2575 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2576 {
2577 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2578 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2579 if (wlnum > 0)
2580 changedOneline(wp->w_buffer, wlnum);
2581 }
2582 }
2583#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002584}
2585
2586 static void
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002587changedOneline(buf, lnum)
2588 buf_T *buf;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002589 linenr_T lnum;
2590{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002591 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002592 {
2593 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002594 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2595 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2596 else if (lnum >= buf->b_mod_bot)
2597 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002598 }
2599 else
2600 {
2601 /* set the area that must be redisplayed to one line */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002602 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2603 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2604 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum + 1;
2605 buf->b_mod_xlines = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002606 }
2607}
2608
2609/*
2610 * Appended "count" lines below line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2611 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2612 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2613 */
2614 void
2615appended_lines(lnum, count)
2616 linenr_T lnum;
2617 long count;
2618{
2619 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2620}
2621
2622/*
2623 * Like appended_lines(), but adjust marks first.
2624 */
2625 void
2626appended_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2627 linenr_T lnum;
2628 long count;
2629{
2630 mark_adjust(lnum + 1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM, count, 0L);
2631 changed_lines(lnum + 1, 0, lnum + 1, count);
2632}
2633
2634/*
2635 * Deleted "count" lines at line "lnum" in the current buffer.
2636 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2637 * Takes care of marking the buffer to be redrawn and sets the changed flag.
2638 */
2639 void
2640deleted_lines(lnum, count)
2641 linenr_T lnum;
2642 long count;
2643{
2644 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2645}
2646
2647/*
2648 * Like deleted_lines(), but adjust marks first.
Bram Moolenaarcdcaa582009-07-09 18:06:49 +00002649 * Make sure the cursor is on a valid line before calling, a GUI callback may
2650 * be triggered to display the cursor.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002651 */
2652 void
2653deleted_lines_mark(lnum, count)
2654 linenr_T lnum;
2655 long count;
2656{
2657 mark_adjust(lnum, (linenr_T)(lnum + count - 1), (long)MAXLNUM, -count);
2658 changed_lines(lnum, 0, lnum + count, -count);
2659}
2660
2661/*
2662 * Changed lines for the current buffer.
2663 * Must be called AFTER the change and after mark_adjust().
2664 * - mark the buffer changed by calling changed()
2665 * - mark the windows on this buffer to be redisplayed
2666 * - invalidate cached values
2667 * "lnum" is the first line that needs displaying, "lnume" the first line
2668 * below the changed lines (BEFORE the change).
2669 * When only inserting lines, "lnum" and "lnume" are equal.
2670 * Takes care of calling changed() and updating b_mod_*.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002671 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002672 */
2673 void
2674changed_lines(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2675 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2676 colnr_T col; /* column in first line with change */
2677 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2678 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2679{
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002680 changed_lines_buf(curbuf, lnum, lnume, xtra);
2681
2682#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
2683 if (xtra == 0 && curwin->w_p_diff)
2684 {
2685 /* When the number of lines doesn't change then mark_adjust() isn't
2686 * called and other diff buffers still need to be marked for
2687 * displaying. */
2688 win_T *wp;
2689 linenr_T wlnum;
2690
2691 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2692 if (wp->w_p_diff && wp != curwin)
2693 {
2694 redraw_win_later(wp, VALID);
2695 wlnum = diff_lnum_win(lnum, wp);
2696 if (wlnum > 0)
2697 changed_lines_buf(wp->w_buffer, wlnum,
2698 lnume - lnum + wlnum, 0L);
2699 }
2700 }
2701#endif
2702
2703 changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra);
2704}
2705
2706 static void
2707changed_lines_buf(buf, lnum, lnume, xtra)
2708 buf_T *buf;
2709 linenr_T lnum; /* first line with change */
2710 linenr_T lnume; /* line below last changed line */
2711 long xtra; /* number of extra lines (negative when deleting) */
2712{
2713 if (buf->b_mod_set)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002714 {
2715 /* find the maximum area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002716 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_top)
2717 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2718 if (lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002719 {
2720 /* adjust old bot position for xtra lines */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002721 buf->b_mod_bot += xtra;
2722 if (buf->b_mod_bot < lnum)
2723 buf->b_mod_bot = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002724 }
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002725 if (lnume + xtra > buf->b_mod_bot)
2726 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2727 buf->b_mod_xlines += xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002728 }
2729 else
2730 {
2731 /* set the area that must be redisplayed */
Bram Moolenaardba8a912005-04-24 22:08:39 +00002732 buf->b_mod_set = TRUE;
2733 buf->b_mod_top = lnum;
2734 buf->b_mod_bot = lnume + xtra;
2735 buf->b_mod_xlines = xtra;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002736 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002737}
2738
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002739/*
2740 * Common code for when a change is was made.
2741 * See changed_lines() for the arguments.
2742 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
2743 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002744 static void
2745changed_common(lnum, col, lnume, xtra)
2746 linenr_T lnum;
2747 colnr_T col;
2748 linenr_T lnume;
2749 long xtra;
2750{
2751 win_T *wp;
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002752#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2753 tabpage_T *tp;
2754#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002755 int i;
2756#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2757 int cols;
2758 pos_T *p;
2759 int add;
2760#endif
2761
2762 /* mark the buffer as modified */
2763 changed();
2764
2765 /* set the '. mark */
2766 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
2767 {
2768 curbuf->b_last_change.lnum = lnum;
2769 curbuf->b_last_change.col = col;
2770
2771#ifdef FEAT_JUMPLIST
2772 /* Create a new entry if a new undo-able change was started or we
2773 * don't have an entry yet. */
2774 if (curbuf->b_new_change || curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2775 {
2776 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == 0)
2777 add = TRUE;
2778 else
2779 {
2780 /* Don't create a new entry when the line number is the same
2781 * as the last one and the column is not too far away. Avoids
2782 * creating many entries for typing "xxxxx". */
2783 p = &curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1];
2784 if (p->lnum != lnum)
2785 add = TRUE;
2786 else
2787 {
2788 cols = comp_textwidth(FALSE);
2789 if (cols == 0)
2790 cols = 79;
2791 add = (p->col + cols < col || col + cols < p->col);
2792 }
2793 }
2794 if (add)
2795 {
2796 /* This is the first of a new sequence of undo-able changes
2797 * and it's at some distance of the last change. Use a new
2798 * position in the changelist. */
2799 curbuf->b_new_change = FALSE;
2800
2801 if (curbuf->b_changelistlen == JUMPLISTSIZE)
2802 {
2803 /* changelist is full: remove oldest entry */
2804 curbuf->b_changelistlen = JUMPLISTSIZE - 1;
2805 mch_memmove(curbuf->b_changelist, curbuf->b_changelist + 1,
2806 sizeof(pos_T) * (JUMPLISTSIZE - 1));
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002807 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002808 {
2809 /* Correct position in changelist for other windows on
2810 * this buffer. */
2811 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf && wp->w_changelistidx > 0)
2812 --wp->w_changelistidx;
2813 }
2814 }
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002815 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002816 {
2817 /* For other windows, if the position in the changelist is
2818 * at the end it stays at the end. */
2819 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf
2820 && wp->w_changelistidx == curbuf->b_changelistlen)
2821 ++wp->w_changelistidx;
2822 }
2823 ++curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2824 }
2825 }
2826 curbuf->b_changelist[curbuf->b_changelistlen - 1] =
2827 curbuf->b_last_change;
2828 /* The current window is always after the last change, so that "g,"
2829 * takes you back to it. */
2830 curwin->w_changelistidx = curbuf->b_changelistlen;
2831#endif
2832 }
2833
Bram Moolenaarbd1e5d22009-04-29 09:02:44 +00002834 FOR_ALL_TAB_WINDOWS(tp, wp)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835 {
2836 if (wp->w_buffer == curbuf)
2837 {
2838 /* Mark this window to be redrawn later. */
2839 if (wp->w_redr_type < VALID)
2840 wp->w_redr_type = VALID;
2841
2842 /* Check if a change in the buffer has invalidated the cached
2843 * values for the cursor. */
2844#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2845 /*
2846 * Update the folds for this window. Can't postpone this, because
2847 * a following operator might work on the whole fold: ">>dd".
2848 */
2849 foldUpdate(wp, lnum, lnume + xtra - 1);
2850
2851 /* The change may cause lines above or below the change to become
2852 * included in a fold. Set lnum/lnume to the first/last line that
2853 * might be displayed differently.
2854 * Set w_cline_folded here as an efficient way to update it when
2855 * inserting lines just above a closed fold. */
2856 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnum, &lnum, NULL, FALSE, NULL);
2857 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum)
2858 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2859 i = hasFoldingWin(wp, lnume, NULL, &lnume, FALSE, NULL);
2860 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnume)
2861 wp->w_cline_folded = i;
2862
2863 /* If the changed line is in a range of previously folded lines,
2864 * compare with the first line in that range. */
2865 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
2866 {
2867 i = find_wl_entry(wp, lnum);
2868 if (i >= 0 && wp->w_cursor.lnum > wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum)
2869 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2870 }
2871#endif
2872
2873 if (wp->w_cursor.lnum > lnum)
2874 changed_line_abv_curs_win(wp);
2875 else if (wp->w_cursor.lnum == lnum && wp->w_cursor.col >= col)
2876 changed_cline_bef_curs_win(wp);
2877 if (wp->w_botline >= lnum)
2878 {
2879 /* Assume that botline doesn't change (inserted lines make
2880 * other lines scroll down below botline). */
2881 approximate_botline_win(wp);
2882 }
2883
2884 /* Check if any w_lines[] entries have become invalid.
2885 * For entries below the change: Correct the lnums for
2886 * inserted/deleted lines. Makes it possible to stop displaying
2887 * after the change. */
2888 for (i = 0; i < wp->w_lines_valid; ++i)
2889 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid)
2890 {
2891 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum >= lnum)
2892 {
2893 if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum < lnume)
2894 {
2895 /* line included in change */
2896 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2897 }
2898 else if (xtra != 0)
2899 {
2900 /* line below change */
2901 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lnum += xtra;
2902#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2903 wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum += xtra;
2904#endif
2905 }
2906 }
2907#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2908 else if (wp->w_lines[i].wl_lastlnum >= lnum)
2909 {
2910 /* change somewhere inside this range of folded lines,
2911 * may need to be redrawn */
2912 wp->w_lines[i].wl_valid = FALSE;
2913 }
2914#endif
2915 }
Bram Moolenaar3234cc62009-11-03 17:47:12 +00002916
2917#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
2918 /* Take care of side effects for setting w_topline when folds have
2919 * changed. Esp. when the buffer was changed in another window. */
2920 if (hasAnyFolding(wp))
2921 set_topline(wp, wp->w_topline);
2922#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002923 }
2924 }
2925
2926 /* Call update_screen() later, which checks out what needs to be redrawn,
2927 * since it notices b_mod_set and then uses b_mod_*. */
2928 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2929 must_redraw = VALID;
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002930
2931#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
2932 /* when the cursor line is changed always trigger CursorMoved */
Bram Moolenaare163f1c2006-10-17 09:12:21 +00002933 if (lnum <= curwin->w_cursor.lnum
2934 && lnume + (xtra < 0 ? -xtra : xtra) > curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
Bram Moolenaar5e3cb7e2006-02-27 23:58:35 +00002935 last_cursormoved.lnum = 0;
2936#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002937}
2938
2939/*
2940 * unchanged() is called when the changed flag must be reset for buffer 'buf'
2941 */
2942 void
2943unchanged(buf, ff)
2944 buf_T *buf;
2945 int ff; /* also reset 'fileformat' */
2946{
Bram Moolenaar164c60f2011-01-22 00:11:50 +01002947 if (buf->b_changed || (ff && file_ff_differs(buf, FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002948 {
2949 buf->b_changed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00002950 ml_setflags(buf);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002951 if (ff)
2952 save_file_ff(buf);
2953#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
2954 check_status(buf);
Bram Moolenaar997fb4b2006-02-17 21:53:23 +00002955 redraw_tabline = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002956#endif
2957#ifdef FEAT_TITLE
2958 need_maketitle = TRUE; /* set window title later */
2959#endif
2960 }
2961 ++buf->b_changedtick;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002962#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
2963 netbeans_unmodified(buf);
2964#endif
2965}
2966
2967#if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) || defined(PROTO)
2968/*
2969 * check_status: called when the status bars for the buffer 'buf'
2970 * need to be updated
2971 */
2972 void
2973check_status(buf)
2974 buf_T *buf;
2975{
2976 win_T *wp;
2977
2978 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
2979 if (wp->w_buffer == buf && wp->w_status_height)
2980 {
2981 wp->w_redr_status = TRUE;
2982 if (must_redraw < VALID)
2983 must_redraw = VALID;
2984 }
2985}
2986#endif
2987
2988/*
2989 * If the file is readonly, give a warning message with the first change.
2990 * Don't do this for autocommands.
2991 * Don't use emsg(), because it flushes the macro buffer.
Bram Moolenaard5cdbeb2005-10-10 20:59:28 +00002992 * If we have undone all changes b_changed will be FALSE, but "b_did_warn"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002993 * will be TRUE.
Bram Moolenaarb0b50882010-07-07 18:26:28 +02002994 * Careful: may trigger autocommands that reload the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002995 */
2996 void
2997change_warning(col)
2998 int col; /* column for message; non-zero when in insert
2999 mode and 'showmode' is on */
3000{
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003001 static char *w_readonly = N_("W10: Warning: Changing a readonly file");
3002
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003003 if (curbuf->b_did_warn == FALSE
3004 && curbufIsChanged() == 0
3005#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
3006 && !autocmd_busy
3007#endif
3008 && curbuf->b_p_ro)
3009 {
3010#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003011 ++curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003012 apply_autocmds(EVENT_FILECHANGEDRO, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003013 --curbuf_lock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003014 if (!curbuf->b_p_ro)
3015 return;
3016#endif
3017 /*
3018 * Do what msg() does, but with a column offset if the warning should
3019 * be after the mode message.
3020 */
3021 msg_start();
3022 if (msg_row == Rows - 1)
3023 msg_col = col;
Bram Moolenaar2df6dcc2004-07-12 15:53:54 +00003024 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
Bram Moolenaar496c5262009-03-18 14:42:00 +00003025 MSG_PUTS_ATTR(_(w_readonly), hl_attr(HLF_W) | MSG_HIST);
3026#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
3027 set_vim_var_string(VV_WARNINGMSG, (char_u *)_(w_readonly), -1);
3028#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003029 msg_clr_eos();
3030 (void)msg_end();
3031 if (msg_silent == 0 && !silent_mode)
3032 {
3033 out_flush();
3034 ui_delay(1000L, TRUE); /* give the user time to think about it */
3035 }
3036 curbuf->b_did_warn = TRUE;
3037 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't redraw and erase the message */
3038 if (msg_row < Rows - 1)
3039 showmode();
3040 }
3041}
3042
3043/*
3044 * Ask for a reply from the user, a 'y' or a 'n'.
3045 * No other characters are accepted, the message is repeated until a valid
3046 * reply is entered or CTRL-C is hit.
3047 * If direct is TRUE, don't use vgetc() but ui_inchar(), don't get characters
3048 * from any buffers but directly from the user.
3049 *
3050 * return the 'y' or 'n'
3051 */
3052 int
3053ask_yesno(str, direct)
3054 char_u *str;
3055 int direct;
3056{
3057 int r = ' ';
3058 int save_State = State;
3059
3060 if (exiting) /* put terminal in raw mode for this question */
3061 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
3062 ++no_wait_return;
3063#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3064 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3065#endif
3066 State = CONFIRM; /* mouse behaves like with :confirm */
3067#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3068 setmouse(); /* disables mouse for xterm */
3069#endif
3070 ++no_mapping;
3071 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3072
3073 while (r != 'y' && r != 'n')
3074 {
3075 /* same highlighting as for wait_return */
3076 smsg_attr(hl_attr(HLF_R), (char_u *)"%s (y/n)?", str);
3077 if (direct)
3078 r = get_keystroke();
3079 else
Bram Moolenaar913626c2008-01-03 11:43:42 +00003080 r = plain_vgetc();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003081 if (r == Ctrl_C || r == ESC)
3082 r = 'n';
3083 msg_putchar(r); /* show what you typed */
3084 out_flush();
3085 }
3086 --no_wait_return;
3087 State = save_State;
3088#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3089 setmouse();
3090#endif
3091 --no_mapping;
3092 --allow_keys;
3093
3094 return r;
3095}
3096
3097/*
3098 * Get a key stroke directly from the user.
3099 * Ignores mouse clicks and scrollbar events, except a click for the left
3100 * button (used at the more prompt).
3101 * Doesn't use vgetc(), because it syncs undo and eats mapped characters.
3102 * Disadvantage: typeahead is ignored.
3103 * Translates the interrupt character for unix to ESC.
3104 */
3105 int
3106get_keystroke()
3107{
3108#define CBUFLEN 151
3109 char_u buf[CBUFLEN];
3110 int len = 0;
3111 int n;
3112 int save_mapped_ctrl_c = mapped_ctrl_c;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003113 int waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003114
3115 mapped_ctrl_c = FALSE; /* mappings are not used here */
3116 for (;;)
3117 {
3118 cursor_on();
3119 out_flush();
3120
3121 /* First time: blocking wait. Second time: wait up to 100ms for a
3122 * terminal code to complete. Leave some room for check_termcode() to
3123 * insert a key code into (max 5 chars plus NUL). And
3124 * fix_input_buffer() can triple the number of bytes. */
3125 n = ui_inchar(buf + len, (CBUFLEN - 6 - len) / 3,
3126 len == 0 ? -1L : 100L, 0);
3127 if (n > 0)
3128 {
3129 /* Replace zero and CSI by a special key code. */
3130 n = fix_input_buffer(buf + len, n, FALSE);
3131 len += n;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003132 waited = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133 }
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003134 else if (len > 0)
3135 ++waited; /* keep track of the waiting time */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003136
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003137 /* Incomplete termcode and not timed out yet: get more characters */
3138 if ((n = check_termcode(1, buf, len)) < 0
3139 && (!p_ttimeout || waited * 100L < (p_ttm < 0 ? p_tm : p_ttm)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003140 continue;
Bram Moolenaar4395a712006-09-05 18:57:57 +00003141
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003142 if (n == KEYLEN_REMOVED) /* key code removed */
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003143 {
Bram Moolenaarfd30cd42011-03-22 13:07:26 +01003144 if (must_redraw != 0 && !need_wait_return && (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003145 {
3146 /* Redrawing was postponed, do it now. */
3147 update_screen(0);
3148 setcursor(); /* put cursor back where it belongs */
3149 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003150 continue;
Bram Moolenaar6eb634e2011-03-03 15:04:08 +01003151 }
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003152 if (n > 0) /* found a termcode: adjust length */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153 len = n;
Bram Moolenaar946ffd42010-12-30 12:30:31 +01003154 if (len == 0) /* nothing typed yet */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003155 continue;
3156
3157 /* Handle modifier and/or special key code. */
3158 n = buf[0];
3159 if (n == K_SPECIAL)
3160 {
3161 n = TO_SPECIAL(buf[1], buf[2]);
3162 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER
3163 || n == K_IGNORE
3164#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3165 || n == K_LEFTMOUSE_NM
3166 || n == K_LEFTDRAG
3167 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE
3168 || n == K_LEFTRELEASE_NM
3169 || n == K_MIDDLEMOUSE
3170 || n == K_MIDDLEDRAG
3171 || n == K_MIDDLERELEASE
3172 || n == K_RIGHTMOUSE
3173 || n == K_RIGHTDRAG
3174 || n == K_RIGHTRELEASE
3175 || n == K_MOUSEDOWN
3176 || n == K_MOUSEUP
Bram Moolenaar8d9b40e2010-07-25 15:49:07 +02003177 || n == K_MOUSELEFT
3178 || n == K_MOUSERIGHT
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003179 || n == K_X1MOUSE
3180 || n == K_X1DRAG
3181 || n == K_X1RELEASE
3182 || n == K_X2MOUSE
3183 || n == K_X2DRAG
3184 || n == K_X2RELEASE
3185# ifdef FEAT_GUI
3186 || n == K_VER_SCROLLBAR
3187 || n == K_HOR_SCROLLBAR
3188# endif
3189#endif
3190 )
3191 {
3192 if (buf[1] == KS_MODIFIER)
3193 mod_mask = buf[2];
3194 len -= 3;
3195 if (len > 0)
3196 mch_memmove(buf, buf + 3, (size_t)len);
3197 continue;
3198 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003199 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003200 }
3201#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
3202 if (has_mbyte)
3203 {
3204 if (MB_BYTE2LEN(n) > len)
3205 continue; /* more bytes to get */
3206 buf[len >= CBUFLEN ? CBUFLEN - 1 : len] = NUL;
3207 n = (*mb_ptr2char)(buf);
3208 }
3209#endif
3210#ifdef UNIX
3211 if (n == intr_char)
3212 n = ESC;
3213#endif
3214 break;
3215 }
3216
3217 mapped_ctrl_c = save_mapped_ctrl_c;
3218 return n;
3219}
3220
3221/*
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003222 * Get a number from the user.
3223 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003224 */
3225 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003226get_number(colon, mouse_used)
3227 int colon; /* allow colon to abort */
3228 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003229{
3230 int n = 0;
3231 int c;
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003232 int typed = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003233
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003234 if (mouse_used != NULL)
3235 *mouse_used = FALSE;
3236
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003237 /* When not printing messages, the user won't know what to type, return a
3238 * zero (as if CR was hit). */
3239 if (msg_silent != 0)
3240 return 0;
3241
3242#ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
3243 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
3244#endif
3245 ++no_mapping;
3246 ++allow_keys; /* no mapping here, but recognize keys */
3247 for (;;)
3248 {
3249 windgoto(msg_row, msg_col);
3250 c = safe_vgetc();
3251 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
3252 {
3253 n = n * 10 + c - '0';
3254 msg_putchar(c);
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003255 ++typed;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003256 }
3257 else if (c == K_DEL || c == K_KDEL || c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
3258 {
Bram Moolenaar3991dab2006-03-27 17:01:56 +00003259 if (typed > 0)
3260 {
3261 MSG_PUTS("\b \b");
3262 --typed;
3263 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003264 n /= 10;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003265 }
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003266#ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
3267 else if (mouse_used != NULL && c == K_LEFTMOUSE)
3268 {
3269 *mouse_used = TRUE;
3270 n = mouse_row + 1;
3271 break;
3272 }
3273#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003274 else if (n == 0 && c == ':' && colon)
3275 {
3276 stuffcharReadbuff(':');
3277 if (!exmode_active)
3278 cmdline_row = msg_row;
3279 skip_redraw = TRUE; /* skip redraw once */
3280 do_redraw = FALSE;
3281 break;
3282 }
3283 else if (c == CAR || c == NL || c == Ctrl_C || c == ESC)
3284 break;
3285 }
3286 --no_mapping;
3287 --allow_keys;
3288 return n;
3289}
3290
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003291/*
3292 * Ask the user to enter a number.
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003293 * When "mouse_used" is not NULL allow using the mouse and in that case return
3294 * the line number.
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003295 */
3296 int
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003297prompt_for_number(mouse_used)
3298 int *mouse_used;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003299{
3300 int i;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003301 int save_cmdline_row;
3302 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003303
3304 /* When using ":silent" assume that <CR> was entered. */
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003305 if (mouse_used != NULL)
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003306 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> or click with mouse (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaar42eeac32005-06-29 22:40:58 +00003307 else
Bram Moolenaard812df62008-11-09 12:46:09 +00003308 MSG_PUTS(_("Type number and <Enter> (empty cancels): "));
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003309
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003310 /* Set the state such that text can be selected/copied/pasted and we still
3311 * get mouse events. */
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003312 save_cmdline_row = cmdline_row;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003313 cmdline_row = 0;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003314 save_State = State;
Bram Moolenaar203335e2006-09-03 14:35:42 +00003315 State = CMDLINE;
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003316
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003317 i = get_number(TRUE, mouse_used);
3318 if (KeyTyped)
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003319 {
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003320 /* don't call wait_return() now */
3321 /* msg_putchar('\n'); */
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003322 cmdline_row = msg_row - 1;
3323 need_wait_return = FALSE;
3324 msg_didany = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarb2450162009-07-22 09:04:20 +00003325 msg_didout = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003326 }
Bram Moolenaard857f0e2005-06-21 22:37:39 +00003327 else
3328 cmdline_row = save_cmdline_row;
3329 State = save_State;
3330
Bram Moolenaar9ba0eb82005-06-13 22:28:56 +00003331 return i;
3332}
3333
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003334 void
3335msgmore(n)
3336 long n;
3337{
3338 long pn;
3339
3340 if (global_busy /* no messages now, wait until global is finished */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003341 || !messaging()) /* 'lazyredraw' set, don't do messages now */
3342 return;
3343
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003344 /* We don't want to overwrite another important message, but do overwrite
3345 * a previous "more lines" or "fewer lines" message, so that "5dd" and
3346 * then "put" reports the last action. */
3347 if (keep_msg != NULL && !keep_msg_more)
3348 return;
3349
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003350 if (n > 0)
3351 pn = n;
3352 else
3353 pn = -n;
3354
3355 if (pn > p_report)
3356 {
3357 if (pn == 1)
3358 {
3359 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003360 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 more line"),
3361 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003362 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003363 vim_strncpy(msg_buf, (char_u *)_("1 line less"),
3364 MSG_BUF_LEN - 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003365 }
3366 else
3367 {
3368 if (n > 0)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003369 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3370 _("%ld more lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003371 else
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003372 vim_snprintf((char *)msg_buf, MSG_BUF_LEN,
3373 _("%ld fewer lines"), pn);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374 }
3375 if (got_int)
Bram Moolenaaref9d6aa2011-04-11 16:56:35 +02003376 vim_strcat(msg_buf, (char_u *)_(" (Interrupted)"), MSG_BUF_LEN);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003377 if (msg(msg_buf))
3378 {
Bram Moolenaar238a5642006-02-21 22:12:05 +00003379 set_keep_msg(msg_buf, 0);
Bram Moolenaar7df2d662005-01-25 22:18:08 +00003380 keep_msg_more = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003381 }
3382 }
3383}
3384
3385/*
3386 * flush map and typeahead buffers and give a warning for an error
3387 */
3388 void
3389beep_flush()
3390{
3391 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3392 {
3393 flush_buffers(FALSE);
3394 vim_beep();
3395 }
3396}
3397
3398/*
3399 * give a warning for an error
3400 */
3401 void
3402vim_beep()
3403{
3404 if (emsg_silent == 0)
3405 {
3406 if (p_vb
3407#ifdef FEAT_GUI
3408 /* While the GUI is starting up the termcap is set for the GUI
3409 * but the output still goes to a terminal. */
3410 && !(gui.in_use && gui.starting)
3411#endif
3412 )
3413 {
3414 out_str(T_VB);
3415 }
3416 else
3417 {
3418#ifdef MSDOS
3419 /*
3420 * The number of beeps outputted is reduced to avoid having to wait
3421 * for all the beeps to finish. This is only a problem on systems
3422 * where the beeps don't overlap.
3423 */
3424 if (beep_count == 0 || beep_count == 10)
3425 {
3426 out_char(BELL);
3427 beep_count = 1;
3428 }
3429 else
3430 ++beep_count;
3431#else
3432 out_char(BELL);
3433#endif
3434 }
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +00003435
3436 /* When 'verbose' is set and we are sourcing a script or executing a
3437 * function give the user a hint where the beep comes from. */
3438 if (vim_strchr(p_debug, 'e') != NULL)
3439 {
3440 msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
3441 msg_attr((char_u *)_("Beep!"), hl_attr(HLF_W));
3442 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003443 }
3444}
3445
3446/*
3447 * To get the "real" home directory:
3448 * - get value of $HOME
3449 * For Unix:
3450 * - go to that directory
3451 * - do mch_dirname() to get the real name of that directory.
3452 * This also works with mounts and links.
3453 * Don't do this for MS-DOS, it will change the "current dir" for a drive.
3454 */
3455static char_u *homedir = NULL;
3456
3457 void
3458init_homedir()
3459{
3460 char_u *var;
3461
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003462 /* In case we are called a second time (when 'encoding' changes). */
3463 vim_free(homedir);
3464 homedir = NULL;
3465
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003466#ifdef VMS
3467 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
3468#else
3469 var = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
3470#endif
3471
3472 if (var != NULL && *var == NUL) /* empty is same as not set */
3473 var = NULL;
3474
3475#ifdef WIN3264
3476 /*
3477 * Weird but true: $HOME may contain an indirect reference to another
3478 * variable, esp. "%USERPROFILE%". Happens when $USERPROFILE isn't set
3479 * when $HOME is being set.
3480 */
3481 if (var != NULL && *var == '%')
3482 {
3483 char_u *p;
3484 char_u *exp;
3485
3486 p = vim_strchr(var + 1, '%');
3487 if (p != NULL)
3488 {
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00003489 vim_strncpy(NameBuff, var + 1, p - (var + 1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003490 exp = mch_getenv(NameBuff);
3491 if (exp != NULL && *exp != NUL
3492 && STRLEN(exp) + STRLEN(p) < MAXPATHL)
3493 {
Bram Moolenaar555b2802005-05-19 21:08:39 +00003494 vim_snprintf((char *)NameBuff, MAXPATHL, "%s%s", exp, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003495 var = NameBuff;
3496 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3497 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3498 }
3499 }
3500 }
3501
3502 /*
3503 * Typically, $HOME is not defined on Windows, unless the user has
3504 * specifically defined it for Vim's sake. However, on Windows NT
3505 * platforms, $HOMEDRIVE and $HOMEPATH are automatically defined for
3506 * each user. Try constructing $HOME from these.
3507 */
3508 if (var == NULL)
3509 {
3510 char_u *homedrive, *homepath;
3511
3512 homedrive = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEDRIVE");
3513 homepath = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOMEPATH");
Bram Moolenaar6f977012010-01-06 17:53:38 +01003514 if (homepath == NULL || *homepath == NUL)
3515 homepath = "\\";
3516 if (homedrive != NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517 && STRLEN(homedrive) + STRLEN(homepath) < MAXPATHL)
3518 {
3519 sprintf((char *)NameBuff, "%s%s", homedrive, homepath);
3520 if (NameBuff[0] != NUL)
3521 {
3522 var = NameBuff;
3523 /* Also set $HOME, it's needed for _viminfo. */
3524 vim_setenv((char_u *)"HOME", NameBuff);
3525 }
3526 }
3527 }
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003528
3529# if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
3530 if (enc_utf8 && var != NULL)
3531 {
3532 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003533 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003534
3535 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3536 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003537 acp_to_enc(var, (int)STRLEN(var), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003538 if (pp != NULL)
3539 {
3540 homedir = pp;
3541 return;
3542 }
3543 }
3544# endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003545#endif
3546
3547#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3548 /*
3549 * Default home dir is C:/
3550 * Best assumption we can make in such a situation.
3551 */
3552 if (var == NULL)
3553 var = "C:/";
3554#endif
3555 if (var != NULL)
3556 {
3557#ifdef UNIX
3558 /*
3559 * Change to the directory and get the actual path. This resolves
3560 * links. Don't do it when we can't return.
3561 */
3562 if (mch_dirname(NameBuff, MAXPATHL) == OK
3563 && mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) == 0)
3564 {
3565 if (!mch_chdir((char *)var) && mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE) == OK)
3566 var = IObuff;
3567 if (mch_chdir((char *)NameBuff) != 0)
3568 EMSG(_(e_prev_dir));
3569 }
3570#endif
3571 homedir = vim_strsave(var);
3572 }
3573}
3574
Bram Moolenaarf461c8e2005-06-25 23:04:51 +00003575#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
3576 void
3577free_homedir()
3578{
3579 vim_free(homedir);
3580}
3581#endif
3582
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003583/*
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003584 * Call expand_env() and store the result in an allocated string.
3585 * This is not very memory efficient, this expects the result to be freed
3586 * again soon.
3587 */
3588 char_u *
3589expand_env_save(src)
3590 char_u *src;
3591{
3592 return expand_env_save_opt(src, FALSE);
3593}
3594
3595/*
3596 * Idem, but when "one" is TRUE handle the string as one file name, only
3597 * expand "~" at the start.
3598 */
3599 char_u *
3600expand_env_save_opt(src, one)
3601 char_u *src;
3602 int one;
3603{
3604 char_u *p;
3605
3606 p = alloc(MAXPATHL);
3607 if (p != NULL)
3608 expand_env_esc(src, p, MAXPATHL, FALSE, one, NULL);
3609 return p;
3610}
3611
3612/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003613 * Expand environment variable with path name.
3614 * "~/" is also expanded, using $HOME. For Unix "~user/" is expanded.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003615 * Skips over "\ ", "\~" and "\$" (not for Win32 though).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003616 * If anything fails no expansion is done and dst equals src.
3617 */
3618 void
3619expand_env(src, dst, dstlen)
3620 char_u *src; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
3621 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3622 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3623{
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003624 expand_env_esc(src, dst, dstlen, FALSE, FALSE, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003625}
3626
3627 void
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003628expand_env_esc(srcp, dst, dstlen, esc, one, startstr)
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003629 char_u *srcp; /* input string e.g. "$HOME/vim.hlp" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003630 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
3631 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
3632 int esc; /* escape spaces in expanded variables */
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003633 int one; /* "srcp" is one file name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003634 char_u *startstr; /* start again after this (can be NULL) */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003635{
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003636 char_u *src;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637 char_u *tail;
3638 int c;
3639 char_u *var;
3640 int copy_char;
3641 int mustfree; /* var was allocated, need to free it later */
3642 int at_start = TRUE; /* at start of a name */
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003643 int startstr_len = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003644
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003645 if (startstr != NULL)
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003646 startstr_len = (int)STRLEN(startstr);
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003647
3648 src = skipwhite(srcp);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003649 --dstlen; /* leave one char space for "\," */
3650 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
3651 {
3652 copy_char = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003653 if ((*src == '$'
3654#ifdef VMS
3655 && at_start
3656#endif
3657 )
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3659 || *src == '%'
3660#endif
3661 || (*src == '~' && at_start))
3662 {
3663 mustfree = FALSE;
3664
3665 /*
3666 * The variable name is copied into dst temporarily, because it may
3667 * be a string in read-only memory and a NUL needs to be appended.
3668 */
3669 if (*src != '~') /* environment var */
3670 {
3671 tail = src + 1;
3672 var = dst;
3673 c = dstlen - 1;
3674
3675#ifdef UNIX
3676 /* Unix has ${var-name} type environment vars */
3677 if (*tail == '{' && !vim_isIDc('{'))
3678 {
3679 tail++; /* ignore '{' */
3680 while (c-- > 0 && *tail && *tail != '}')
3681 *var++ = *tail++;
3682 }
3683 else
3684#endif
3685 {
3686 while (c-- > 0 && *tail != NUL && ((vim_isIDc(*tail))
3687#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
3688 || (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3689#endif
3690 ))
3691 {
3692#ifdef OS2 /* env vars only in uppercase */
3693 *var++ = TOUPPER_LOC(*tail);
3694 tail++; /* toupper() may be a macro! */
3695#else
3696 *var++ = *tail++;
3697#endif
3698 }
3699 }
3700
3701#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3702# ifdef UNIX
3703 if (src[1] == '{' && *tail != '}')
3704# else
3705 if (*src == '%' && *tail != '%')
3706# endif
3707 var = NULL;
3708 else
3709 {
3710# ifdef UNIX
3711 if (src[1] == '{')
3712# else
3713 if (*src == '%')
3714#endif
3715 ++tail;
3716#endif
3717 *var = NUL;
3718 var = vim_getenv(dst, &mustfree);
3719#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2) || defined(UNIX)
3720 }
3721#endif
3722 }
3723 /* home directory */
3724 else if ( src[1] == NUL
3725 || vim_ispathsep(src[1])
3726 || vim_strchr((char_u *)" ,\t\n", src[1]) != NULL)
3727 {
3728 var = homedir;
3729 tail = src + 1;
3730 }
3731 else /* user directory */
3732 {
3733#if defined(UNIX) || (defined(VMS) && defined(USER_HOME))
3734 /*
3735 * Copy ~user to dst[], so we can put a NUL after it.
3736 */
3737 tail = src;
3738 var = dst;
3739 c = dstlen - 1;
3740 while ( c-- > 0
3741 && *tail
3742 && vim_isfilec(*tail)
3743 && !vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3744 *var++ = *tail++;
3745 *var = NUL;
3746# ifdef UNIX
3747 /*
3748 * If the system supports getpwnam(), use it.
3749 * Otherwise, or if getpwnam() fails, the shell is used to
3750 * expand ~user. This is slower and may fail if the shell
3751 * does not support ~user (old versions of /bin/sh).
3752 */
3753# if defined(HAVE_GETPWNAM) && defined(HAVE_PWD_H)
3754 {
3755 struct passwd *pw;
3756
Bram Moolenaara40ceaf2006-01-13 22:35:40 +00003757 /* Note: memory allocated by getpwnam() is never freed.
3758 * Calling endpwent() apparently doesn't help. */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003759 pw = getpwnam((char *)dst + 1);
3760 if (pw != NULL)
3761 var = (char_u *)pw->pw_dir;
3762 else
3763 var = NULL;
3764 }
3765 if (var == NULL)
3766# endif
3767 {
3768 expand_T xpc;
3769
3770 ExpandInit(&xpc);
3771 xpc.xp_context = EXPAND_FILES;
3772 var = ExpandOne(&xpc, dst, NULL,
3773 WILD_ADD_SLASH|WILD_SILENT, WILD_EXPAND_FREE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003774 mustfree = TRUE;
3775 }
3776
3777# else /* !UNIX, thus VMS */
3778 /*
3779 * USER_HOME is a comma-separated list of
3780 * directories to search for the user account in.
3781 */
3782 {
3783 char_u test[MAXPATHL], paths[MAXPATHL];
3784 char_u *path, *next_path, *ptr;
3785 struct stat st;
3786
3787 STRCPY(paths, USER_HOME);
3788 next_path = paths;
3789 while (*next_path)
3790 {
3791 for (path = next_path; *next_path && *next_path != ',';
3792 next_path++);
3793 if (*next_path)
3794 *next_path++ = NUL;
3795 STRCPY(test, path);
3796 STRCAT(test, "/");
3797 STRCAT(test, dst + 1);
3798 if (mch_stat(test, &st) == 0)
3799 {
3800 var = alloc(STRLEN(test) + 1);
3801 STRCPY(var, test);
3802 mustfree = TRUE;
3803 break;
3804 }
3805 }
3806 }
3807# endif /* UNIX */
3808#else
3809 /* cannot expand user's home directory, so don't try */
3810 var = NULL;
3811 tail = (char_u *)""; /* for gcc */
3812#endif /* UNIX || VMS */
3813 }
3814
3815#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
3816 /* If 'shellslash' is set change backslashes to forward slashes.
3817 * Can't use slash_adjust(), p_ssl may be set temporarily. */
3818 if (p_ssl && var != NULL && vim_strchr(var, '\\') != NULL)
3819 {
3820 char_u *p = vim_strsave(var);
3821
3822 if (p != NULL)
3823 {
3824 if (mustfree)
3825 vim_free(var);
3826 var = p;
3827 mustfree = TRUE;
3828 forward_slash(var);
3829 }
3830 }
3831#endif
3832
3833 /* If "var" contains white space, escape it with a backslash.
3834 * Required for ":e ~/tt" when $HOME includes a space. */
3835 if (esc && var != NULL && vim_strpbrk(var, (char_u *)" \t") != NULL)
3836 {
3837 char_u *p = vim_strsave_escaped(var, (char_u *)" \t");
3838
3839 if (p != NULL)
3840 {
3841 if (mustfree)
3842 vim_free(var);
3843 var = p;
3844 mustfree = TRUE;
3845 }
3846 }
3847
3848 if (var != NULL && *var != NUL
3849 && (STRLEN(var) + STRLEN(tail) + 1 < (unsigned)dstlen))
3850 {
3851 STRCPY(dst, var);
3852 dstlen -= (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003853 c = (int)STRLEN(var);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003854 /* if var[] ends in a path separator and tail[] starts
3855 * with it, skip a character */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003856 if (*var != NUL && after_pathsep(dst, dst + c)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003857#if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(AMIGA)
3858 && dst[-1] != ':'
3859#endif
3860 && vim_ispathsep(*tail))
3861 ++tail;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00003862 dst += c;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003863 src = tail;
3864 copy_char = FALSE;
3865 }
3866 if (mustfree)
3867 vim_free(var);
3868 }
3869
3870 if (copy_char) /* copy at least one char */
3871 {
3872 /*
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003873 * Recognize the start of a new name, for '~'.
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003874 * Don't do this when "one" is TRUE, to avoid expanding "~" in
3875 * ":edit foo ~ foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003876 */
3877 at_start = FALSE;
3878 if (src[0] == '\\' && src[1] != NUL)
3879 {
3880 *dst++ = *src++;
3881 --dstlen;
3882 }
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00003883 else if ((src[0] == ' ' || src[0] == ',') && !one)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003884 at_start = TRUE;
3885 *dst++ = *src++;
3886 --dstlen;
Bram Moolenaar24bbcfe2005-06-28 23:32:02 +00003887
3888 if (startstr != NULL && src - startstr_len >= srcp
3889 && STRNCMP(src - startstr_len, startstr, startstr_len) == 0)
3890 at_start = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003891 }
3892 }
3893 *dst = NUL;
3894}
3895
3896/*
3897 * Vim's version of getenv().
3898 * Special handling of $HOME, $VIM and $VIMRUNTIME.
Bram Moolenaar2f6b0b82005-03-08 22:43:10 +00003899 * Also does ACP to 'enc' conversion for Win32.
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003900 * "mustfree" is set to TRUE when returned is allocated, it must be
3901 * initialized to FALSE by the caller.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003902 */
3903 char_u *
3904vim_getenv(name, mustfree)
3905 char_u *name;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003906 int *mustfree;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003907{
3908 char_u *p;
3909 char_u *pend;
3910 int vimruntime;
3911
3912#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN)
3913 /* use "C:/" when $HOME is not set */
3914 if (STRCMP(name, "HOME") == 0)
3915 return homedir;
3916#endif
3917
3918 p = mch_getenv(name);
3919 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3920 p = NULL;
3921
3922 if (p != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003923 {
3924#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3925 if (enc_utf8)
3926 {
3927 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003928 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003929
3930 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions are
3931 * not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003932 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003933 if (pp != NULL)
3934 {
3935 p = pp;
3936 *mustfree = TRUE;
3937 }
3938 }
3939#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003940 return p;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003941 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003942
3943 vimruntime = (STRCMP(name, "VIMRUNTIME") == 0);
3944 if (!vimruntime && STRCMP(name, "VIM") != 0)
3945 return NULL;
3946
3947 /*
3948 * When expanding $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using $VIM/vim<version> or $VIM.
3949 * Don't do this when default_vimruntime_dir is non-empty.
3950 */
3951 if (vimruntime
3952#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
3953 && *default_vimruntime_dir == NUL
3954#endif
3955 )
3956 {
3957 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
3958 if (p != NULL && *p == NUL) /* empty is the same as not set */
3959 p = NULL;
3960 if (p != NULL)
3961 {
3962 p = vim_version_dir(p);
3963 if (p != NULL)
3964 *mustfree = TRUE;
3965 else
3966 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"VIM");
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003967
3968#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && defined(WIN3264)
3969 if (enc_utf8)
3970 {
3971 int len;
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003972 char_u *pp = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003973
3974 /* Convert from active codepage to UTF-8. Other conversions
3975 * are not done, because they would fail for non-ASCII
3976 * characters. */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00003977 acp_to_enc(p, (int)STRLEN(p), &pp, &len);
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003978 if (pp != NULL)
3979 {
Bram Moolenaarb453a532011-04-28 17:48:44 +02003980 if (*mustfree)
Bram Moolenaar05159a02005-02-26 23:04:13 +00003981 vim_free(p);
3982 p = pp;
3983 *mustfree = TRUE;
3984 }
3985 }
3986#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003987 }
3988 }
3989
3990 /*
3991 * When expanding $VIM or $VIMRUNTIME fails, try using:
3992 * - the directory name from 'helpfile' (unless it contains '$')
3993 * - the executable name from argv[0]
3994 */
3995 if (p == NULL)
3996 {
3997 if (p_hf != NULL && vim_strchr(p_hf, '$') == NULL)
3998 p = p_hf;
3999#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4000 /*
4001 * Use the name of the executable, obtained from argv[0].
4002 */
4003 else
4004 p = exe_name;
4005#endif
4006 if (p != NULL)
4007 {
4008 /* remove the file name */
4009 pend = gettail(p);
4010
4011 /* remove "doc/" from 'helpfile', if present */
4012 if (p == p_hf)
4013 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"doc");
4014
4015#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4016# ifdef MACOS_X
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004017 /* remove "MacOS" from exe_name and add "Resources/vim" */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004018 if (p == exe_name)
4019 {
4020 char_u *pend1;
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004021 char_u *pnew;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004022
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004023 pend1 = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"MacOS");
4024 if (pend1 != pend)
4025 {
4026 pnew = alloc((unsigned)(pend1 - p) + 15);
4027 if (pnew != NULL)
4028 {
4029 STRNCPY(pnew, p, (pend1 - p));
4030 STRCPY(pnew + (pend1 - p), "Resources/vim");
4031 p = pnew;
4032 pend = p + STRLEN(p);
4033 }
4034 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004035 }
4036# endif
4037 /* remove "src/" from exe_name, if present */
4038 if (p == exe_name)
4039 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)"src");
4040#endif
4041
4042 /* for $VIM, remove "runtime/" or "vim54/", if present */
4043 if (!vimruntime)
4044 {
4045 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME);
4046 pend = remove_tail(p, pend, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT);
4047 }
4048
4049 /* remove trailing path separator */
4050#ifndef MACOS_CLASSIC
4051 /* With MacOS path (with colons) the final colon is required */
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00004052 /* to avoid confusion between absolute and relative path */
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004053 if (pend > p && after_pathsep(p, pend))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004054 --pend;
4055#endif
4056
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00004057#ifdef MACOS_X
4058 if (p == exe_name || p == p_hf)
4059#endif
4060 /* check that the result is a directory name */
4061 p = vim_strnsave(p, (int)(pend - p));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004062
4063 if (p != NULL && !mch_isdir(p))
4064 {
4065 vim_free(p);
4066 p = NULL;
4067 }
4068 else
4069 {
4070#ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
4071 /* may add "/vim54" or "/runtime" if it exists */
4072 if (vimruntime && (pend = vim_version_dir(p)) != NULL)
4073 {
4074 vim_free(p);
4075 p = pend;
4076 }
4077#endif
4078 *mustfree = TRUE;
4079 }
4080 }
4081 }
4082
4083#ifdef HAVE_PATHDEF
4084 /* When there is a pathdef.c file we can use default_vim_dir and
4085 * default_vimruntime_dir */
4086 if (p == NULL)
4087 {
4088 /* Only use default_vimruntime_dir when it is not empty */
4089 if (vimruntime && *default_vimruntime_dir != NUL)
4090 {
4091 p = default_vimruntime_dir;
4092 *mustfree = FALSE;
4093 }
4094 else if (*default_vim_dir != NUL)
4095 {
4096 if (vimruntime && (p = vim_version_dir(default_vim_dir)) != NULL)
4097 *mustfree = TRUE;
4098 else
4099 {
4100 p = default_vim_dir;
4101 *mustfree = FALSE;
4102 }
4103 }
4104 }
4105#endif
4106
4107 /*
4108 * Set the environment variable, so that the new value can be found fast
4109 * next time, and others can also use it (e.g. Perl).
4110 */
4111 if (p != NULL)
4112 {
4113 if (vimruntime)
4114 {
4115 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIMRUNTIME", p);
4116 didset_vimruntime = TRUE;
4117#ifdef FEAT_GETTEXT
4118 {
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004119 char_u *buf = concat_str(p, (char_u *)"/lang");
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004120
4121 if (buf != NULL)
4122 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004123 bindtextdomain(VIMPACKAGE, (char *)buf);
4124 vim_free(buf);
4125 }
4126 }
4127#endif
4128 }
4129 else
4130 {
4131 vim_setenv((char_u *)"VIM", p);
4132 didset_vim = TRUE;
4133 }
4134 }
4135 return p;
4136}
4137
4138/*
4139 * Check if the directory "vimdir/<version>" or "vimdir/runtime" exists.
4140 * Return NULL if not, return its name in allocated memory otherwise.
4141 */
4142 static char_u *
4143vim_version_dir(vimdir)
4144 char_u *vimdir;
4145{
4146 char_u *p;
4147
4148 if (vimdir == NULL || *vimdir == NUL)
4149 return NULL;
4150 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)VIM_VERSION_NODOT, TRUE);
4151 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4152 return p;
4153 vim_free(p);
4154 p = concat_fnames(vimdir, (char_u *)RUNTIME_DIRNAME, TRUE);
4155 if (p != NULL && mch_isdir(p))
4156 return p;
4157 vim_free(p);
4158 return NULL;
4159}
4160
4161/*
4162 * If the string between "p" and "pend" ends in "name/", return "pend" minus
4163 * the length of "name/". Otherwise return "pend".
4164 */
4165 static char_u *
4166remove_tail(p, pend, name)
4167 char_u *p;
4168 char_u *pend;
4169 char_u *name;
4170{
4171 int len = (int)STRLEN(name) + 1;
4172 char_u *newend = pend - len;
4173
4174 if (newend >= p
4175 && fnamencmp(newend, name, len - 1) == 0
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004176 && (newend == p || after_pathsep(p, newend)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004177 return newend;
4178 return pend;
4179}
4180
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004182 * Our portable version of setenv.
4183 */
4184 void
4185vim_setenv(name, val)
4186 char_u *name;
4187 char_u *val;
4188{
4189#ifdef HAVE_SETENV
4190 mch_setenv((char *)name, (char *)val, 1);
4191#else
4192 char_u *envbuf;
4193
4194 /*
4195 * Putenv does not copy the string, it has to remain
4196 * valid. The allocated memory will never be freed.
4197 */
4198 envbuf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + STRLEN(val) + 2));
4199 if (envbuf != NULL)
4200 {
4201 sprintf((char *)envbuf, "%s=%s", name, val);
4202 putenv((char *)envbuf);
4203 }
4204#endif
4205}
4206
4207#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
4208/*
4209 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain an environment variable name.
4210 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004211 char_u *
4212get_env_name(xp, idx)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004213 expand_T *xp UNUSED;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004214 int idx;
4215{
4216# if defined(AMIGA) || defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__)
4217 /*
4218 * No environ[] on the Amiga and on the Mac (using MPW).
4219 */
4220 return NULL;
4221# else
4222# ifndef __WIN32__
4223 /* Borland C++ 5.2 has this in a header file. */
4224 extern char **environ;
4225# endif
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004226# define ENVNAMELEN 100
4227 static char_u name[ENVNAMELEN];
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004228 char_u *str;
4229 int n;
4230
4231 str = (char_u *)environ[idx];
4232 if (str == NULL)
4233 return NULL;
4234
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00004235 for (n = 0; n < ENVNAMELEN - 1; ++n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004236 {
4237 if (str[n] == '=' || str[n] == NUL)
4238 break;
4239 name[n] = str[n];
4240 }
4241 name[n] = NUL;
4242 return name;
4243# endif
4244}
4245#endif
4246
4247/*
4248 * Replace home directory by "~" in each space or comma separated file name in
4249 * 'src'.
4250 * If anything fails (except when out of space) dst equals src.
4251 */
4252 void
4253home_replace(buf, src, dst, dstlen, one)
4254 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4255 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4256 char_u *dst; /* where to put the result */
4257 int dstlen; /* maximum length of the result */
4258 int one; /* if TRUE, only replace one file name, include
4259 spaces and commas in the file name. */
4260{
4261 size_t dirlen = 0, envlen = 0;
4262 size_t len;
4263 char_u *homedir_env;
4264 char_u *p;
4265
4266 if (src == NULL)
4267 {
4268 *dst = NUL;
4269 return;
4270 }
4271
4272 /*
4273 * If the file is a help file, remove the path completely.
4274 */
4275 if (buf != NULL && buf->b_help)
4276 {
4277 STRCPY(dst, gettail(src));
4278 return;
4279 }
4280
4281 /*
4282 * We check both the value of the $HOME environment variable and the
4283 * "real" home directory.
4284 */
4285 if (homedir != NULL)
4286 dirlen = STRLEN(homedir);
4287
4288#ifdef VMS
4289 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"SYS$LOGIN");
4290#else
4291 homedir_env = mch_getenv((char_u *)"HOME");
4292#endif
4293
4294 if (homedir_env != NULL && *homedir_env == NUL)
4295 homedir_env = NULL;
4296 if (homedir_env != NULL)
4297 envlen = STRLEN(homedir_env);
4298
4299 if (!one)
4300 src = skipwhite(src);
4301 while (*src && dstlen > 0)
4302 {
4303 /*
4304 * Here we are at the beginning of a file name.
4305 * First, check to see if the beginning of the file name matches
4306 * $HOME or the "real" home directory. Check that there is a '/'
4307 * after the match (so that if e.g. the file is "/home/pieter/bla",
4308 * and the home directory is "/home/piet", the file does not end up
4309 * as "~er/bla" (which would seem to indicate the file "bla" in user
4310 * er's home directory)).
4311 */
4312 p = homedir;
4313 len = dirlen;
4314 for (;;)
4315 {
4316 if ( len
4317 && fnamencmp(src, p, len) == 0
4318 && (vim_ispathsep(src[len])
4319 || (!one && (src[len] == ',' || src[len] == ' '))
4320 || src[len] == NUL))
4321 {
4322 src += len;
4323 if (--dstlen > 0)
4324 *dst++ = '~';
4325
4326 /*
4327 * If it's just the home directory, add "/".
4328 */
4329 if (!vim_ispathsep(src[0]) && --dstlen > 0)
4330 *dst++ = '/';
4331 break;
4332 }
4333 if (p == homedir_env)
4334 break;
4335 p = homedir_env;
4336 len = envlen;
4337 }
4338
4339 /* if (!one) skip to separator: space or comma */
4340 while (*src && (one || (*src != ',' && *src != ' ')) && --dstlen > 0)
4341 *dst++ = *src++;
4342 /* skip separator */
4343 while ((*src == ' ' || *src == ',') && --dstlen > 0)
4344 *dst++ = *src++;
4345 }
4346 /* if (dstlen == 0) out of space, what to do??? */
4347
4348 *dst = NUL;
4349}
4350
4351/*
4352 * Like home_replace, store the replaced string in allocated memory.
4353 * When something fails, NULL is returned.
4354 */
4355 char_u *
4356home_replace_save(buf, src)
4357 buf_T *buf; /* when not NULL, check for help files */
4358 char_u *src; /* input file name */
4359{
4360 char_u *dst;
4361 unsigned len;
4362
4363 len = 3; /* space for "~/" and trailing NUL */
4364 if (src != NULL) /* just in case */
4365 len += (unsigned)STRLEN(src);
4366 dst = alloc(len);
4367 if (dst != NULL)
4368 home_replace(buf, src, dst, len, TRUE);
4369 return dst;
4370}
4371
4372/*
4373 * Compare two file names and return:
4374 * FPC_SAME if they both exist and are the same file.
4375 * FPC_SAMEX if they both don't exist and have the same file name.
4376 * FPC_DIFF if they both exist and are different files.
4377 * FPC_NOTX if they both don't exist.
4378 * FPC_DIFFX if one of them doesn't exist.
4379 * For the first name environment variables are expanded
4380 */
4381 int
4382fullpathcmp(s1, s2, checkname)
4383 char_u *s1, *s2;
4384 int checkname; /* when both don't exist, check file names */
4385{
4386#ifdef UNIX
4387 char_u exp1[MAXPATHL];
4388 char_u full1[MAXPATHL];
4389 char_u full2[MAXPATHL];
4390 struct stat st1, st2;
4391 int r1, r2;
4392
4393 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4394 r1 = mch_stat((char *)exp1, &st1);
4395 r2 = mch_stat((char *)s2, &st2);
4396 if (r1 != 0 && r2 != 0)
4397 {
4398 /* if mch_stat() doesn't work, may compare the names */
4399 if (checkname)
4400 {
4401 if (fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4402 return FPC_SAMEX;
4403 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4404 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4405 if (r1 == OK && r2 == OK && fnamecmp(full1, full2) == 0)
4406 return FPC_SAMEX;
4407 }
4408 return FPC_NOTX;
4409 }
4410 if (r1 != 0 || r2 != 0)
4411 return FPC_DIFFX;
4412 if (st1.st_dev == st2.st_dev && st1.st_ino == st2.st_ino)
4413 return FPC_SAME;
4414 return FPC_DIFF;
4415#else
4416 char_u *exp1; /* expanded s1 */
4417 char_u *full1; /* full path of s1 */
4418 char_u *full2; /* full path of s2 */
4419 int retval = FPC_DIFF;
4420 int r1, r2;
4421
4422 /* allocate one buffer to store three paths (alloc()/free() is slow!) */
4423 if ((exp1 = alloc(MAXPATHL * 3)) != NULL)
4424 {
4425 full1 = exp1 + MAXPATHL;
4426 full2 = full1 + MAXPATHL;
4427
4428 expand_env(s1, exp1, MAXPATHL);
4429 r1 = vim_FullName(exp1, full1, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4430 r2 = vim_FullName(s2, full2, MAXPATHL, FALSE);
4431
4432 /* If vim_FullName() fails, the file probably doesn't exist. */
4433 if (r1 != OK && r2 != OK)
4434 {
4435 if (checkname && fnamecmp(exp1, s2) == 0)
4436 retval = FPC_SAMEX;
4437 else
4438 retval = FPC_NOTX;
4439 }
4440 else if (r1 != OK || r2 != OK)
4441 retval = FPC_DIFFX;
4442 else if (fnamecmp(full1, full2))
4443 retval = FPC_DIFF;
4444 else
4445 retval = FPC_SAME;
4446 vim_free(exp1);
4447 }
4448 return retval;
4449#endif
4450}
4451
4452/*
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004453 * Get the tail of a path: the file name.
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004454 * When the path ends in a path separator the tail is the NUL after it.
Bram Moolenaarf4b8e572004-06-24 15:53:16 +00004455 * Fail safe: never returns NULL.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004456 */
4457 char_u *
4458gettail(fname)
4459 char_u *fname;
4460{
4461 char_u *p1, *p2;
4462
4463 if (fname == NULL)
4464 return (char_u *)"";
4465 for (p1 = p2 = fname; *p2; ) /* find last part of path */
4466 {
4467 if (vim_ispathsep(*p2))
4468 p1 = p2 + 1;
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004469 mb_ptr_adv(p2);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004470 }
4471 return p1;
4472}
4473
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02004474#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
4475static char_u *gettail_dir __ARGS((char_u *fname));
4476
4477/*
4478 * Return the end of the directory name, on the first path
4479 * separator:
4480 * "/path/file", "/path/dir/", "/path//dir", "/file"
4481 * ^ ^ ^ ^
4482 */
4483 static char_u *
4484gettail_dir(fname)
4485 char_u *fname;
4486{
4487 char_u *dir_end = fname;
4488 char_u *next_dir_end = fname;
4489 int look_for_sep = TRUE;
4490 char_u *p;
4491
4492 for (p = fname; *p != NUL; )
4493 {
4494 if (vim_ispathsep(*p))
4495 {
4496 if (look_for_sep)
4497 {
4498 next_dir_end = p;
4499 look_for_sep = FALSE;
4500 }
4501 }
4502 else
4503 {
4504 if (!look_for_sep)
4505 dir_end = next_dir_end;
4506 look_for_sep = TRUE;
4507 }
4508 mb_ptr_adv(p);
4509 }
4510 return dir_end;
4511}
4512#endif
4513
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004514/*
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004515 * Get pointer to tail of "fname", including path separators. Putting a NUL
4516 * here leaves the directory name. Takes care of "c:/" and "//".
4517 * Always returns a valid pointer.
4518 */
4519 char_u *
4520gettail_sep(fname)
4521 char_u *fname;
4522{
4523 char_u *p;
4524 char_u *t;
4525
4526 p = get_past_head(fname); /* don't remove the '/' from "c:/file" */
4527 t = gettail(fname);
4528 while (t > p && after_pathsep(fname, t))
4529 --t;
4530#ifdef VMS
4531 /* path separator is part of the path */
4532 ++t;
4533#endif
4534 return t;
4535}
4536
4537/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004538 * get the next path component (just after the next path separator).
4539 */
4540 char_u *
4541getnextcomp(fname)
4542 char_u *fname;
4543{
4544 while (*fname && !vim_ispathsep(*fname))
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004545 mb_ptr_adv(fname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004546 if (*fname)
4547 ++fname;
4548 return fname;
4549}
4550
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004551/*
4552 * Get a pointer to one character past the head of a path name.
4553 * Unix: after "/"; DOS: after "c:\"; Amiga: after "disk:/"; Mac: no head.
4554 * If there is no head, path is returned.
4555 */
4556 char_u *
4557get_past_head(path)
4558 char_u *path;
4559{
4560 char_u *retval;
4561
4562#if defined(MSDOS) || defined(MSWIN) || defined(OS2)
4563 /* may skip "c:" */
4564 if (isalpha(path[0]) && path[1] == ':')
4565 retval = path + 2;
4566 else
4567 retval = path;
4568#else
4569# if defined(AMIGA)
4570 /* may skip "label:" */
4571 retval = vim_strchr(path, ':');
4572 if (retval == NULL)
4573 retval = path;
4574# else /* Unix */
4575 retval = path;
4576# endif
4577#endif
4578
4579 while (vim_ispathsep(*retval))
4580 ++retval;
4581
4582 return retval;
4583}
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004584
4585/*
4586 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path separator.
4587 */
4588 int
4589vim_ispathsep(c)
4590 int c;
4591{
4592#ifdef RISCOS
4593 return (c == '.' || c == ':');
4594#else
4595# ifdef UNIX
4596 return (c == '/'); /* UNIX has ':' inside file names */
4597# else
4598# ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
4599 return (c == ':' || c == '/' || c == '\\');
4600# else
4601# ifdef VMS
4602 /* server"user passwd"::device:[full.path.name]fname.extension;version" */
4603 return (c == ':' || c == '[' || c == ']' || c == '/'
4604 || c == '<' || c == '>' || c == '"' );
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00004605# else /* Amiga */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004606 return (c == ':' || c == '/');
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004607# endif /* VMS */
4608# endif
4609# endif
4610#endif /* RISC OS */
4611}
4612
4613#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(PROTO)
4614/*
4615 * return TRUE if 'c' is a path list separator.
4616 */
4617 int
4618vim_ispathlistsep(c)
4619 int c;
4620{
4621#ifdef UNIX
4622 return (c == ':');
4623#else
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004624 return (c == ';'); /* might not be right for every system... */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004625#endif
4626}
4627#endif
4628
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004629#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) \
4630 || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
4631/*
4632 * Shorten the path of a file from "~/foo/../.bar/fname" to "~/f/../.b/fname"
4633 * It's done in-place.
4634 */
4635 void
4636shorten_dir(str)
4637 char_u *str;
4638{
4639 char_u *tail, *s, *d;
4640 int skip = FALSE;
4641
4642 tail = gettail(str);
4643 d = str;
4644 for (s = str; ; ++s)
4645 {
4646 if (s >= tail) /* copy the whole tail */
4647 {
4648 *d++ = *s;
4649 if (*s == NUL)
4650 break;
4651 }
4652 else if (vim_ispathsep(*s)) /* copy '/' and next char */
4653 {
4654 *d++ = *s;
4655 skip = FALSE;
4656 }
4657 else if (!skip)
4658 {
4659 *d++ = *s; /* copy next char */
4660 if (*s != '~' && *s != '.') /* and leading "~" and "." */
4661 skip = TRUE;
4662# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
4663 if (has_mbyte)
4664 {
4665 int l = mb_ptr2len(s);
4666
4667 while (--l > 0)
Bram Moolenaarb6baca52006-08-15 20:24:14 +00004668 *d++ = *++s;
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00004669 }
4670# endif
4671 }
4672 }
4673}
4674#endif
4675
Bram Moolenaar900b4d72005-12-12 22:05:50 +00004676/*
4677 * Return TRUE if the directory of "fname" exists, FALSE otherwise.
4678 * Also returns TRUE if there is no directory name.
4679 * "fname" must be writable!.
4680 */
4681 int
4682dir_of_file_exists(fname)
4683 char_u *fname;
4684{
4685 char_u *p;
4686 int c;
4687 int retval;
4688
4689 p = gettail_sep(fname);
4690 if (p == fname)
4691 return TRUE;
4692 c = *p;
4693 *p = NUL;
4694 retval = mch_isdir(fname);
4695 *p = c;
4696 return retval;
4697}
4698
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004699#if (defined(CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME) && defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME)) \
4700 || defined(PROTO)
4701/*
4702 * Versions of fnamecmp() and fnamencmp() that handle '/' and '\' equally.
4703 */
4704 int
4705vim_fnamecmp(x, y)
4706 char_u *x, *y;
4707{
4708 return vim_fnamencmp(x, y, MAXPATHL);
4709}
4710
4711 int
4712vim_fnamencmp(x, y, len)
4713 char_u *x, *y;
4714 size_t len;
4715{
4716 while (len > 0 && *x && *y)
4717 {
4718 if (TOLOWER_LOC(*x) != TOLOWER_LOC(*y)
4719 && !(*x == '/' && *y == '\\')
4720 && !(*x == '\\' && *y == '/'))
4721 break;
4722 ++x;
4723 ++y;
4724 --len;
4725 }
4726 if (len == 0)
4727 return 0;
4728 return (*x - *y);
4729}
4730#endif
4731
4732/*
4733 * Concatenate file names fname1 and fname2 into allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00004734 * Only add a '/' or '\\' when 'sep' is TRUE and it is necessary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004735 */
4736 char_u *
4737concat_fnames(fname1, fname2, sep)
4738 char_u *fname1;
4739 char_u *fname2;
4740 int sep;
4741{
4742 char_u *dest;
4743
4744 dest = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(fname1) + STRLEN(fname2) + 3));
4745 if (dest != NULL)
4746 {
4747 STRCPY(dest, fname1);
4748 if (sep)
4749 add_pathsep(dest);
4750 STRCAT(dest, fname2);
4751 }
4752 return dest;
4753}
4754
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004755/*
4756 * Concatenate two strings and return the result in allocated memory.
4757 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4758 */
4759 char_u *
4760concat_str(str1, str2)
4761 char_u *str1;
4762 char_u *str2;
4763{
4764 char_u *dest;
4765 size_t l = STRLEN(str1);
4766
4767 dest = alloc((unsigned)(l + STRLEN(str2) + 1L));
4768 if (dest != NULL)
4769 {
4770 STRCPY(dest, str1);
4771 STRCPY(dest + l, str2);
4772 }
4773 return dest;
4774}
Bram Moolenaard6754642005-01-17 22:18:45 +00004775
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004776/*
4777 * Add a path separator to a file name, unless it already ends in a path
4778 * separator.
4779 */
4780 void
4781add_pathsep(p)
4782 char_u *p;
4783{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00004784 if (*p != NUL && !after_pathsep(p, p + STRLEN(p)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004785 STRCAT(p, PATHSEPSTR);
4786}
4787
4788/*
4789 * FullName_save - Make an allocated copy of a full file name.
4790 * Returns NULL when out of memory.
4791 */
4792 char_u *
4793FullName_save(fname, force)
4794 char_u *fname;
4795 int force; /* force expansion, even when it already looks
4796 like a full path name */
4797{
4798 char_u *buf;
4799 char_u *new_fname = NULL;
4800
4801 if (fname == NULL)
4802 return NULL;
4803
4804 buf = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL);
4805 if (buf != NULL)
4806 {
4807 if (vim_FullName(fname, buf, MAXPATHL, force) != FAIL)
4808 new_fname = vim_strsave(buf);
4809 else
4810 new_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
4811 vim_free(buf);
4812 }
4813 return new_fname;
4814}
4815
4816#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
4817
4818static char_u *skip_string __ARGS((char_u *p));
4819
4820/*
4821 * Find the start of a comment, not knowing if we are in a comment right now.
4822 * Search starts at w_cursor.lnum and goes backwards.
4823 */
4824 pos_T *
4825find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
4826 int ind_maxcomment;
4827{
4828 pos_T *pos;
4829 char_u *line;
4830 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004831 int cur_maxcomment = ind_maxcomment;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004832
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004833 for (;;)
4834 {
4835 pos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '*', FM_BACKWARD, cur_maxcomment);
4836 if (pos == NULL)
4837 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004838
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004839 /*
4840 * Check if the comment start we found is inside a string.
4841 * If it is then restrict the search to below this line and try again.
4842 */
4843 line = ml_get(pos->lnum);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004844 for (p = line; *p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < pos->col; ++p)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004845 p = skip_string(p);
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00004846 if ((colnr_T)(p - line) <= pos->col)
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004847 break;
4848 cur_maxcomment = curwin->w_cursor.lnum - pos->lnum - 1;
4849 if (cur_maxcomment <= 0)
4850 {
4851 pos = NULL;
4852 break;
4853 }
4854 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004855 return pos;
4856}
4857
4858/*
4859 * Skip to the end of a "string" and a 'c' character.
4860 * If there is no string or character, return argument unmodified.
4861 */
4862 static char_u *
4863skip_string(p)
4864 char_u *p;
4865{
4866 int i;
4867
4868 /*
4869 * We loop, because strings may be concatenated: "date""time".
4870 */
4871 for ( ; ; ++p)
4872 {
4873 if (p[0] == '\'') /* 'c' or '\n' or '\000' */
4874 {
4875 if (!p[1]) /* ' at end of line */
4876 break;
4877 i = 2;
4878 if (p[1] == '\\') /* '\n' or '\000' */
4879 {
4880 ++i;
4881 while (vim_isdigit(p[i - 1])) /* '\000' */
4882 ++i;
4883 }
4884 if (p[i] == '\'') /* check for trailing ' */
4885 {
4886 p += i;
4887 continue;
4888 }
4889 }
4890 else if (p[0] == '"') /* start of string */
4891 {
4892 for (++p; p[0]; ++p)
4893 {
4894 if (p[0] == '\\' && p[1] != NUL)
4895 ++p;
4896 else if (p[0] == '"') /* end of string */
4897 break;
4898 }
4899 if (p[0] == '"')
4900 continue;
4901 }
4902 break; /* no string found */
4903 }
4904 if (!*p)
4905 --p; /* backup from NUL */
4906 return p;
4907}
4908#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT || FEAT_SYN_HL */
4909
4910#if defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
4911
4912/*
4913 * Do C or expression indenting on the current line.
4914 */
4915 void
4916do_c_expr_indent()
4917{
4918# ifdef FEAT_EVAL
4919 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
4920 fixthisline(get_expr_indent);
4921 else
4922# endif
4923 fixthisline(get_c_indent);
4924}
4925
4926/*
4927 * Functions for C-indenting.
4928 * Most of this originally comes from Eric Fischer.
4929 */
4930/*
4931 * Below "XXX" means that this function may unlock the current line.
4932 */
4933
4934static char_u *cin_skipcomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4935static int cin_nocode __ARGS((char_u *));
4936static pos_T *find_line_comment __ARGS((void));
4937static int cin_islabel_skip __ARGS((char_u **));
4938static int cin_isdefault __ARGS((char_u *));
4939static char_u *after_label __ARGS((char_u *l));
4940static int get_indent_nolabel __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4941static int skip_label __ARGS((linenr_T, char_u **pp, int ind_maxcomment));
4942static int cin_first_id_amount __ARGS((void));
4943static int cin_get_equal_amount __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
4944static int cin_ispreproc __ARGS((char_u *));
4945static int cin_ispreproc_cont __ARGS((char_u **pp, linenr_T *lnump));
4946static int cin_iscomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4947static int cin_islinecomment __ARGS((char_u *));
4948static int cin_isterminated __ARGS((char_u *, int, int));
4949static int cin_isinit __ARGS((void));
4950static int cin_isfuncdecl __ARGS((char_u **, linenr_T));
4951static int cin_isif __ARGS((char_u *));
4952static int cin_iselse __ARGS((char_u *));
4953static int cin_isdo __ARGS((char_u *));
4954static int cin_iswhileofdo __ARGS((char_u *, linenr_T, int));
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00004955static int cin_iswhileofdo_end __ARGS((int terminated, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004956static int cin_isbreak __ARGS((char_u *));
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00004957static int cin_is_cpp_baseclass __ARGS((colnr_T *col));
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00004958static int get_baseclass_amount __ARGS((int col, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment, int ind_cpp_baseclass));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004959static int cin_ends_in __ARGS((char_u *, char_u *, char_u *));
4960static int cin_skip2pos __ARGS((pos_T *trypos));
4961static pos_T *find_start_brace __ARGS((int));
4962static pos_T *find_match_paren __ARGS((int, int));
4963static int corr_ind_maxparen __ARGS((int ind_maxparen, pos_T *startpos));
4964static int find_last_paren __ARGS((char_u *l, int start, int end));
4965static int find_match __ARGS((int lookfor, linenr_T ourscope, int ind_maxparen, int ind_maxcomment));
4966
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004967static int ind_hash_comment = 0; /* # starts a comment */
4968
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004969/*
4970 * Skip over white space and C comments within the line.
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004971 * Also skip over Perl/shell comments if desired.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004972 */
4973 static char_u *
4974cin_skipcomment(s)
4975 char_u *s;
4976{
4977 while (*s)
4978 {
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004979 char_u *prev_s = s;
4980
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004981 s = skipwhite(s);
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00004982
4983 /* Perl/shell # comment comment continues until eol. Require a space
4984 * before # to avoid recognizing $#array. */
4985 if (ind_hash_comment != 0 && s != prev_s && *s == '#')
4986 {
4987 s += STRLEN(s);
4988 break;
4989 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004990 if (*s != '/')
4991 break;
4992 ++s;
4993 if (*s == '/') /* slash-slash comment continues till eol */
4994 {
4995 s += STRLEN(s);
4996 break;
4997 }
4998 if (*s != '*')
4999 break;
5000 for (++s; *s; ++s) /* skip slash-star comment */
5001 if (s[0] == '*' && s[1] == '/')
5002 {
5003 s += 2;
5004 break;
5005 }
5006 }
5007 return s;
5008}
5009
5010/*
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005011 * Return TRUE if there is no code at *s. White space and comments are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005012 * not considered code.
5013 */
5014 static int
5015cin_nocode(s)
5016 char_u *s;
5017{
5018 return *cin_skipcomment(s) == NUL;
5019}
5020
5021/*
5022 * Check previous lines for a "//" line comment, skipping over blank lines.
5023 */
5024 static pos_T *
5025find_line_comment() /* XXX */
5026{
5027 static pos_T pos;
5028 char_u *line;
5029 char_u *p;
5030
5031 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
5032 while (--pos.lnum > 0)
5033 {
5034 line = ml_get(pos.lnum);
5035 p = skipwhite(line);
5036 if (cin_islinecomment(p))
5037 {
5038 pos.col = (int)(p - line);
5039 return &pos;
5040 }
5041 if (*p != NUL)
5042 break;
5043 }
5044 return NULL;
5045}
5046
5047/*
5048 * Check if string matches "label:"; move to character after ':' if true.
5049 */
5050 static int
5051cin_islabel_skip(s)
5052 char_u **s;
5053{
5054 if (!vim_isIDc(**s)) /* need at least one ID character */
5055 return FALSE;
5056
5057 while (vim_isIDc(**s))
5058 (*s)++;
5059
5060 *s = cin_skipcomment(*s);
5061
5062 /* "::" is not a label, it's C++ */
5063 return (**s == ':' && *++*s != ':');
5064}
5065
5066/*
5067 * Recognize a label: "label:".
5068 * Note: curwin->w_cursor must be where we are looking for the label.
5069 */
5070 int
5071cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
5072 int ind_maxcomment;
5073{
5074 char_u *s;
5075
5076 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5077
5078 /*
5079 * Exclude "default" from labels, since it should be indented
5080 * like a switch label. Same for C++ scope declarations.
5081 */
5082 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5083 return FALSE;
5084 if (cin_isscopedecl(s))
5085 return FALSE;
5086
5087 if (cin_islabel_skip(&s))
5088 {
5089 /*
5090 * Only accept a label if the previous line is terminated or is a case
5091 * label.
5092 */
5093 pos_T cursor_save;
5094 pos_T *trypos;
5095 char_u *line;
5096
5097 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5098 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
5099 {
5100 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5101
5102 /*
5103 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
5104 */
5105 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5106 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
5107 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
5108
5109 line = ml_get_curline();
5110 if (cin_ispreproc(line)) /* ignore #defines, #if, etc. */
5111 continue;
5112 if (*(line = cin_skipcomment(line)) == NUL)
5113 continue;
5114
5115 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5116 if (cin_isterminated(line, TRUE, FALSE)
5117 || cin_isscopedecl(line)
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005118 || cin_iscase(line, TRUE)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005119 || (cin_islabel_skip(&line) && cin_nocode(line)))
5120 return TRUE;
5121 return FALSE;
5122 }
5123 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5124 return TRUE; /* label at start of file??? */
5125 }
5126 return FALSE;
5127}
5128
5129/*
5130 * Recognize structure initialization and enumerations.
5131 * Q&D-Implementation:
5132 * check for "=" at end or "[typedef] enum" at beginning of line.
5133 */
5134 static int
5135cin_isinit(void)
5136{
5137 char_u *s;
5138
5139 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
5140
5141 if (STRNCMP(s, "typedef", 7) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[7]))
5142 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7);
5143
5144 if (STRNCMP(s, "enum", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5145 return TRUE;
5146
5147 if (cin_ends_in(s, (char_u *)"=", (char_u *)"{"))
5148 return TRUE;
5149
5150 return FALSE;
5151}
5152
5153/*
5154 * Recognize a switch label: "case .*:" or "default:".
5155 */
5156 int
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005157cin_iscase(s, strict)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005158 char_u *s;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005159 int strict; /* Allow relaxed check of case statement for JS */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005160{
5161 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5162 if (STRNCMP(s, "case", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[4]))
5163 {
5164 for (s += 4; *s; ++s)
5165 {
5166 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5167 if (*s == ':')
5168 {
5169 if (s[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5170 ++s;
5171 else
5172 return TRUE;
5173 }
5174 if (*s == '\'' && s[1] && s[2] == '\'')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005175 s += 2; /* skip over ':' */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005176 else if (*s == '/' && (s[1] == '*' || s[1] == '/'))
5177 return FALSE; /* stop at comment */
5178 else if (*s == '"')
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005179 {
5180 /* JS etc. */
5181 if (strict)
5182 return FALSE; /* stop at string */
5183 else
5184 return TRUE;
5185 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005186 }
5187 return FALSE;
5188 }
5189
5190 if (cin_isdefault(s))
5191 return TRUE;
5192 return FALSE;
5193}
5194
5195/*
5196 * Recognize a "default" switch label.
5197 */
5198 static int
5199cin_isdefault(s)
5200 char_u *s;
5201{
5202 return (STRNCMP(s, "default", 7) == 0
5203 && *(s = cin_skipcomment(s + 7)) == ':'
5204 && s[1] != ':');
5205}
5206
5207/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02005208 * Recognize a "public/private/protected" scope declaration label.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005209 */
5210 int
5211cin_isscopedecl(s)
5212 char_u *s;
5213{
5214 int i;
5215
5216 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5217 if (STRNCMP(s, "public", 6) == 0)
5218 i = 6;
5219 else if (STRNCMP(s, "protected", 9) == 0)
5220 i = 9;
5221 else if (STRNCMP(s, "private", 7) == 0)
5222 i = 7;
5223 else
5224 return FALSE;
5225 return (*(s = cin_skipcomment(s + i)) == ':' && s[1] != ':');
5226}
5227
5228/*
5229 * Return a pointer to the first non-empty non-comment character after a ':'.
5230 * Return NULL if not found.
5231 * case 234: a = b;
5232 * ^
5233 */
5234 static char_u *
5235after_label(l)
5236 char_u *l;
5237{
5238 for ( ; *l; ++l)
5239 {
5240 if (*l == ':')
5241 {
5242 if (l[1] == ':') /* skip over "::" for C++ */
5243 ++l;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005244 else if (!cin_iscase(l + 1, FALSE))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005245 break;
5246 }
5247 else if (*l == '\'' && l[1] && l[2] == '\'')
5248 l += 2; /* skip over 'x' */
5249 }
5250 if (*l == NUL)
5251 return NULL;
5252 l = cin_skipcomment(l + 1);
5253 if (*l == NUL)
5254 return NULL;
5255 return l;
5256}
5257
5258/*
5259 * Get indent of line "lnum", skipping a label.
5260 * Return 0 if there is nothing after the label.
5261 */
5262 static int
5263get_indent_nolabel(lnum) /* XXX */
5264 linenr_T lnum;
5265{
5266 char_u *l;
5267 pos_T fp;
5268 colnr_T col;
5269 char_u *p;
5270
5271 l = ml_get(lnum);
5272 p = after_label(l);
5273 if (p == NULL)
5274 return 0;
5275
5276 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - l);
5277 fp.lnum = lnum;
5278 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5279 return (int)col;
5280}
5281
5282/*
5283 * Find indent for line "lnum", ignoring any case or jump label.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005284 * Also return a pointer to the text (after the label) in "pp".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005285 * label: if (asdf && asdfasdf)
5286 * ^
5287 */
5288 static int
5289skip_label(lnum, pp, ind_maxcomment)
5290 linenr_T lnum;
5291 char_u **pp;
5292 int ind_maxcomment;
5293{
5294 char_u *l;
5295 int amount;
5296 pos_T cursor_save;
5297
5298 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5299 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5300 l = ml_get_curline();
5301 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02005302 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l)
5303 || cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005304 {
5305 amount = get_indent_nolabel(lnum);
5306 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
5307 if (l == NULL) /* just in case */
5308 l = ml_get_curline();
5309 }
5310 else
5311 {
5312 amount = get_indent();
5313 l = ml_get_curline();
5314 }
5315 *pp = l;
5316
5317 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5318 return amount;
5319}
5320
5321/*
5322 * Return the indent of the first variable name after a type in a declaration.
5323 * int a, indent of "a"
5324 * static struct foo b, indent of "b"
5325 * enum bla c, indent of "c"
5326 * Returns zero when it doesn't look like a declaration.
5327 */
5328 static int
5329cin_first_id_amount()
5330{
5331 char_u *line, *p, *s;
5332 int len;
5333 pos_T fp;
5334 colnr_T col;
5335
5336 line = ml_get_curline();
5337 p = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005338 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "static", 6) == 0)
5340 {
5341 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005342 len = (int)(skiptowhite(p) - p);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005343 }
5344 if (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "struct", 6) == 0)
5345 p = skipwhite(p + 6);
5346 else if (len == 4 && STRNCMP(p, "enum", 4) == 0)
5347 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
5348 else if ((len == 8 && STRNCMP(p, "unsigned", 8) == 0)
5349 || (len == 6 && STRNCMP(p, "signed", 6) == 0))
5350 {
5351 s = skipwhite(p + len);
5352 if ((STRNCMP(s, "int", 3) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[3]))
5353 || (STRNCMP(s, "long", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4]))
5354 || (STRNCMP(s, "short", 5) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[5]))
5355 || (STRNCMP(s, "char", 4) == 0 && vim_iswhite(s[4])))
5356 p = s;
5357 }
5358 for (len = 0; vim_isIDc(p[len]); ++len)
5359 ;
5360 if (len == 0 || !vim_iswhite(p[len]) || cin_nocode(p))
5361 return 0;
5362
5363 p = skipwhite(p + len);
5364 fp.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
5365 fp.col = (colnr_T)(p - line);
5366 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5367 return (int)col;
5368}
5369
5370/*
5371 * Return the indent of the first non-blank after an equal sign.
5372 * char *foo = "here";
5373 * Return zero if no (useful) equal sign found.
5374 * Return -1 if the line above "lnum" ends in a backslash.
5375 * foo = "asdf\
5376 * asdf\
5377 * here";
5378 */
5379 static int
5380cin_get_equal_amount(lnum)
5381 linenr_T lnum;
5382{
5383 char_u *line;
5384 char_u *s;
5385 colnr_T col;
5386 pos_T fp;
5387
5388 if (lnum > 1)
5389 {
5390 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5391 if (*line != NUL && line[STRLEN(line) - 1] == '\\')
5392 return -1;
5393 }
5394
5395 line = s = ml_get(lnum);
5396 while (*s != NUL && vim_strchr((char_u *)"=;{}\"'", *s) == NULL)
5397 {
5398 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5399 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5400 else
5401 ++s;
5402 }
5403 if (*s != '=')
5404 return 0;
5405
5406 s = skipwhite(s + 1);
5407 if (cin_nocode(s))
5408 return 0;
5409
5410 if (*s == '"') /* nice alignment for continued strings */
5411 ++s;
5412
5413 fp.lnum = lnum;
5414 fp.col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5415 getvcol(curwin, &fp, &col, NULL, NULL);
5416 return (int)col;
5417}
5418
5419/*
5420 * Recognize a preprocessor statement: Any line that starts with '#'.
5421 */
5422 static int
5423cin_ispreproc(s)
5424 char_u *s;
5425{
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005426 if (*skipwhite(s) == '#')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005427 return TRUE;
5428 return FALSE;
5429}
5430
5431/*
5432 * Return TRUE if line "*pp" at "*lnump" is a preprocessor statement or a
5433 * continuation line of a preprocessor statement. Decrease "*lnump" to the
5434 * start and return the line in "*pp".
5435 */
5436 static int
5437cin_ispreproc_cont(pp, lnump)
5438 char_u **pp;
5439 linenr_T *lnump;
5440{
5441 char_u *line = *pp;
5442 linenr_T lnum = *lnump;
5443 int retval = FALSE;
5444
Bram Moolenaard8e9bb22005-07-09 21:14:46 +00005445 for (;;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005446 {
5447 if (cin_ispreproc(line))
5448 {
5449 retval = TRUE;
5450 *lnump = lnum;
5451 break;
5452 }
5453 if (lnum == 1)
5454 break;
5455 line = ml_get(--lnum);
5456 if (*line == NUL || line[STRLEN(line) - 1] != '\\')
5457 break;
5458 }
5459
5460 if (lnum != *lnump)
5461 *pp = ml_get(*lnump);
5462 return retval;
5463}
5464
5465/*
5466 * Recognize the start of a C or C++ comment.
5467 */
5468 static int
5469cin_iscomment(p)
5470 char_u *p;
5471{
5472 return (p[0] == '/' && (p[1] == '*' || p[1] == '/'));
5473}
5474
5475/*
5476 * Recognize the start of a "//" comment.
5477 */
5478 static int
5479cin_islinecomment(p)
5480 char_u *p;
5481{
5482 return (p[0] == '/' && p[1] == '/');
5483}
5484
5485/*
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005486 * Recognize a line that starts with '{' or '}', or ends with ';', ',', '{' or
5487 * '}'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005488 * Don't consider "} else" a terminated line.
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005489 * Don't consider a line where there are unmatched opening braces before '}',
5490 * ';' or ',' a terminated line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005491 * Return the character terminating the line (ending char's have precedence if
5492 * both apply in order to determine initializations).
5493 */
5494 static int
5495cin_isterminated(s, incl_open, incl_comma)
5496 char_u *s;
5497 int incl_open; /* include '{' at the end as terminator */
5498 int incl_comma; /* recognize a trailing comma */
5499{
5500 char_u found_start = 0;
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005501 unsigned n_open = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005502
5503 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5504
5505 if (*s == '{' || (*s == '}' && !cin_iselse(s)))
5506 found_start = *s;
5507
5508 while (*s)
5509 {
5510 /* skip over comments, "" strings and 'c'haracters */
5511 s = skip_string(cin_skipcomment(s));
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005512 if (*s == '}' && n_open > 0)
5513 --n_open;
5514 if (n_open == 0
5515 && (*s == ';' || *s == '}' || (incl_comma && *s == ','))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005516 && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5517 return *s;
Bram Moolenaar4ae06c12011-05-10 11:39:19 +02005518 else if (*s == '{')
5519 {
5520 if (incl_open && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5521 return *s;
5522 else
5523 ++n_open;
5524 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005525
5526 if (*s)
5527 s++;
5528 }
5529 return found_start;
5530}
5531
5532/*
5533 * Recognize the basic picture of a function declaration -- it needs to
5534 * have an open paren somewhere and a close paren at the end of the line and
5535 * no semicolons anywhere.
5536 * When a line ends in a comma we continue looking in the next line.
5537 * "sp" points to a string with the line. When looking at other lines it must
5538 * be restored to the line. When it's NULL fetch lines here.
5539 * "lnum" is where we start looking.
5540 */
5541 static int
5542cin_isfuncdecl(sp, first_lnum)
5543 char_u **sp;
5544 linenr_T first_lnum;
5545{
5546 char_u *s;
5547 linenr_T lnum = first_lnum;
5548 int retval = FALSE;
5549
5550 if (sp == NULL)
5551 s = ml_get(lnum);
5552 else
5553 s = *sp;
5554
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005555 /* Ignore line starting with #. */
5556 if (cin_ispreproc(s))
5557 return FALSE;
5558
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005559 while (*s && *s != '(' && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5560 {
5561 if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5562 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5563 else
5564 ++s;
5565 }
5566 if (*s != '(')
5567 return FALSE; /* ';', ' or " before any () or no '(' */
5568
5569 while (*s && *s != ';' && *s != '\'' && *s != '"')
5570 {
5571 if (*s == ')' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5572 {
5573 /* ')' at the end: may have found a match
5574 * Check for he previous line not to end in a backslash:
5575 * #if defined(x) && \
5576 * defined(y)
5577 */
5578 lnum = first_lnum - 1;
5579 s = ml_get(lnum);
5580 if (*s == NUL || s[STRLEN(s) - 1] != '\\')
5581 retval = TRUE;
5582 goto done;
5583 }
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005584 if ((*s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1)) || s[1] == NUL || cin_nocode(s))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005585 {
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005586 int comma = (*s == ',');
5587
5588 /* ',' at the end: continue looking in the next line.
5589 * At the end: check for ',' in the next line, for this style:
5590 * func(arg1
5591 * , arg2) */
5592 for (;;)
5593 {
5594 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5595 break;
5596 s = ml_get(++lnum);
5597 if (!cin_ispreproc(s))
5598 break;
5599 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005600 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
5601 break;
Bram Moolenaar8d2d71d2011-04-28 13:02:09 +02005602 /* Require a comma at end of the line or a comma or ')' at the
5603 * start of next line. */
5604 s = skipwhite(s);
5605 if (!comma && *s != ',' && *s != ')')
5606 break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005607 }
5608 else if (cin_iscomment(s)) /* ignore comments */
5609 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5610 else
5611 ++s;
5612 }
5613
5614done:
5615 if (lnum != first_lnum && sp != NULL)
5616 *sp = ml_get(first_lnum);
5617
5618 return retval;
5619}
5620
5621 static int
5622cin_isif(p)
5623 char_u *p;
5624{
5625 return (STRNCMP(p, "if", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5626}
5627
5628 static int
5629cin_iselse(p)
5630 char_u *p;
5631{
5632 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} else" */
5633 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5634 return (STRNCMP(p, "else", 4) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[4]));
5635}
5636
5637 static int
5638cin_isdo(p)
5639 char_u *p;
5640{
5641 return (STRNCMP(p, "do", 2) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[2]));
5642}
5643
5644/*
5645 * Check if this is a "while" that should have a matching "do".
5646 * We only accept a "while (condition) ;", with only white space between the
5647 * ')' and ';'. The condition may be spread over several lines.
5648 */
5649 static int
5650cin_iswhileofdo(p, lnum, ind_maxparen) /* XXX */
5651 char_u *p;
5652 linenr_T lnum;
5653 int ind_maxparen;
5654{
5655 pos_T cursor_save;
5656 pos_T *trypos;
5657 int retval = FALSE;
5658
5659 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5660 if (*p == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5661 p = cin_skipcomment(p + 1);
5662 if (STRNCMP(p, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]))
5663 {
5664 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
5665 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
5666 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
5667 p = ml_get_curline();
5668 while (*p && *p != 'w') /* skip any '}', until the 'w' of the "while" */
5669 {
5670 ++p;
5671 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
5672 }
5673 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, 0, 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL
5674 && *cin_skipcomment(ml_get_pos(trypos) + 1) == ';')
5675 retval = TRUE;
5676 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
5677 }
5678 return retval;
5679}
5680
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005681/*
5682 * Return TRUE if we are at the end of a do-while.
5683 * do
5684 * nothing;
5685 * while (foo
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005686 * && bar); <-- here
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005687 * Adjust the cursor to the line with "while".
5688 */
5689 static int
5690cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
5691 int terminated;
5692 int ind_maxparen;
5693 int ind_maxcomment;
5694{
5695 char_u *line;
5696 char_u *p;
5697 char_u *s;
5698 pos_T *trypos;
5699 int i;
5700
5701 if (terminated != ';') /* there must be a ';' at the end */
5702 return FALSE;
5703
5704 p = line = ml_get_curline();
5705 while (*p != NUL)
5706 {
5707 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5708 if (*p == ')')
5709 {
5710 s = skipwhite(p + 1);
5711 if (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5712 {
5713 /* Found ");" at end of the line, now check there is "while"
5714 * before the matching '('. XXX */
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00005715 i = (int)(p - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00005716 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
5717 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment);
5718 if (trypos != NULL)
5719 {
5720 s = cin_skipcomment(ml_get(trypos->lnum));
5721 if (*s == '}') /* accept "} while (cond);" */
5722 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5723 if (STRNCMP(s, "while", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5724 {
5725 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum;
5726 return TRUE;
5727 }
5728 }
5729
5730 /* Searching may have made "line" invalid, get it again. */
5731 line = ml_get_curline();
5732 p = line + i;
5733 }
5734 }
5735 if (*p != NUL)
5736 ++p;
5737 }
5738 return FALSE;
5739}
5740
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005741 static int
5742cin_isbreak(p)
5743 char_u *p;
5744{
5745 return (STRNCMP(p, "break", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(p[5]));
5746}
5747
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005748/*
5749 * Find the position of a C++ base-class declaration or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005750 * constructor-initialization. eg:
5751 *
5752 * class MyClass :
5753 * baseClass <-- here
5754 * class MyClass : public baseClass,
5755 * anotherBaseClass <-- here (should probably lineup ??)
5756 * MyClass::MyClass(...) :
5757 * baseClass(...) <-- here (constructor-initialization)
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005758 *
5759 * This is a lot of guessing. Watch out for "cond ? func() : foo".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005760 */
5761 static int
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005762cin_is_cpp_baseclass(col)
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005763 colnr_T *col; /* return: column to align with */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005764{
5765 char_u *s;
5766 int class_or_struct, lookfor_ctor_init, cpp_base_class;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005767 linenr_T lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005768 char_u *line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005769
5770 *col = 0;
5771
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00005772 s = skipwhite(line);
5773 if (*s == '#') /* skip #define FOO x ? (x) : x */
5774 return FALSE;
5775 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005776 if (*s == NUL)
5777 return FALSE;
5778
5779 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5780
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005781 /* Search for a line starting with '#', empty, ending in ';' or containing
5782 * '{' or '}' and start below it. This handles the following situations:
5783 * a = cond ?
5784 * func() :
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005785 * asdf;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005786 * func::foo()
5787 * : something
5788 * {}
5789 * Foo::Foo (int one, int two)
5790 * : something(4),
5791 * somethingelse(3)
5792 * {}
5793 */
5794 while (lnum > 1)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005795 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005796 line = ml_get(lnum - 1);
5797 s = skipwhite(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005798 if (*s == '#' || *s == NUL)
5799 break;
5800 while (*s != NUL)
5801 {
5802 s = cin_skipcomment(s);
5803 if (*s == '{' || *s == '}'
5804 || (*s == ';' && cin_nocode(s + 1)))
5805 break;
5806 if (*s != NUL)
5807 ++s;
5808 }
5809 if (*s != NUL)
5810 break;
5811 --lnum;
5812 }
5813
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005814 line = ml_get(lnum);
5815 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005816 for (;;)
5817 {
5818 if (*s == NUL)
5819 {
5820 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
5821 break;
5822 /* Continue in the cursor line. */
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00005823 line = ml_get(++lnum);
5824 s = cin_skipcomment(line);
5825 if (*s == NUL)
5826 continue;
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005827 }
5828
Bram Moolenaaraede6ce2011-05-10 11:56:30 +02005829 if (s[0] == '"')
5830 s = skip_string(s) + 1;
5831 else if (s[0] == ':')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005832 {
5833 if (s[1] == ':')
5834 {
5835 /* skip double colon. It can't be a constructor
5836 * initialization any more */
5837 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5838 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 2);
5839 }
5840 else if (lookfor_ctor_init || class_or_struct)
5841 {
5842 /* we have something found, that looks like the start of
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00005843 * cpp-base-class-declaration or constructor-initialization */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005844 cpp_base_class = TRUE;
5845 lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5846 *col = 0;
5847 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5848 }
5849 else
5850 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5851 }
5852 else if ((STRNCMP(s, "class", 5) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[5]))
5853 || (STRNCMP(s, "struct", 6) == 0 && !vim_isIDc(s[6])))
5854 {
5855 class_or_struct = TRUE;
5856 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5857
5858 if (*s == 'c')
5859 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 5);
5860 else
5861 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 6);
5862 }
5863 else
5864 {
5865 if (s[0] == '{' || s[0] == '}' || s[0] == ';')
5866 {
5867 cpp_base_class = lookfor_ctor_init = class_or_struct = FALSE;
5868 }
5869 else if (s[0] == ')')
5870 {
5871 /* Constructor-initialization is assumed if we come across
5872 * something like "):" */
5873 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5874 lookfor_ctor_init = TRUE;
5875 }
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00005876 else if (s[0] == '?')
5877 {
5878 /* Avoid seeing '() :' after '?' as constructor init. */
5879 return FALSE;
5880 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005881 else if (!vim_isIDc(s[0]))
5882 {
5883 /* if it is not an identifier, we are wrong */
5884 class_or_struct = FALSE;
5885 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5886 }
5887 else if (*col == 0)
5888 {
5889 /* it can't be a constructor-initialization any more */
5890 lookfor_ctor_init = FALSE;
5891
5892 /* the first statement starts here: lineup with this one... */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005893 if (cpp_base_class)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005894 *col = (colnr_T)(s - line);
5895 }
5896
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005897 /* When the line ends in a comma don't align with it. */
5898 if (lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum && *s == ',' && cin_nocode(s + 1))
5899 *col = 0;
5900
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005901 s = cin_skipcomment(s + 1);
5902 }
5903 }
5904
5905 return cpp_base_class;
5906}
5907
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00005908 static int
5909get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass)
5910 int col;
5911 int ind_maxparen;
5912 int ind_maxcomment;
5913 int ind_cpp_baseclass;
5914{
5915 int amount;
5916 colnr_T vcol;
5917 pos_T *trypos;
5918
5919 if (col == 0)
5920 {
5921 amount = get_indent();
5922 if (find_last_paren(ml_get_curline(), '(', ')')
5923 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
5924 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
5925 amount = get_indent_lnum(trypos->lnum); /* XXX */
5926 if (!cin_ends_in(ml_get_curline(), (char_u *)",", NULL))
5927 amount += ind_cpp_baseclass;
5928 }
5929 else
5930 {
5931 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
5932 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
5933 amount = (int)vcol;
5934 }
5935 if (amount < ind_cpp_baseclass)
5936 amount = ind_cpp_baseclass;
5937 return amount;
5938}
5939
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005940/*
5941 * Return TRUE if string "s" ends with the string "find", possibly followed by
5942 * white space and comments. Skip strings and comments.
5943 * Ignore "ignore" after "find" if it's not NULL.
5944 */
5945 static int
5946cin_ends_in(s, find, ignore)
5947 char_u *s;
5948 char_u *find;
5949 char_u *ignore;
5950{
5951 char_u *p = s;
5952 char_u *r;
5953 int len = (int)STRLEN(find);
5954
5955 while (*p != NUL)
5956 {
5957 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5958 if (STRNCMP(p, find, len) == 0)
5959 {
5960 r = skipwhite(p + len);
5961 if (ignore != NULL && STRNCMP(r, ignore, STRLEN(ignore)) == 0)
5962 r = skipwhite(r + STRLEN(ignore));
5963 if (cin_nocode(r))
5964 return TRUE;
5965 }
5966 if (*p != NUL)
5967 ++p;
5968 }
5969 return FALSE;
5970}
5971
5972/*
5973 * Skip strings, chars and comments until at or past "trypos".
5974 * Return the column found.
5975 */
5976 static int
5977cin_skip2pos(trypos)
5978 pos_T *trypos;
5979{
5980 char_u *line;
5981 char_u *p;
5982
5983 p = line = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
5984 while (*p && (colnr_T)(p - line) < trypos->col)
5985 {
5986 if (cin_iscomment(p))
5987 p = cin_skipcomment(p);
5988 else
5989 {
5990 p = skip_string(p);
5991 ++p;
5992 }
5993 }
5994 return (int)(p - line);
5995}
5996
5997/*
5998 * Find the '{' at the start of the block we are in.
5999 * Return NULL if no match found.
6000 * Ignore a '{' that is in a comment, makes indenting the next three lines
6001 * work. */
6002/* foo() */
6003/* { */
6004/* } */
6005
6006 static pos_T *
6007find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
6008 int ind_maxcomment;
6009{
6010 pos_T cursor_save;
6011 pos_T *trypos;
6012 pos_T *pos;
6013 static pos_T pos_copy;
6014
6015 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
6016 while ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '{', FM_BLOCKSTOP, 0)) != NULL)
6017 {
6018 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy pos_T, next findmatch will change it */
6019 trypos = &pos_copy;
6020 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
6021 pos = NULL;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006022 /* ignore the { if it's in a // or / * * / comment */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006023 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) == trypos->col
6024 && (pos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) == NULL) /* XXX */
6025 break;
6026 if (pos != NULL)
6027 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
6028 }
6029 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6030 return trypos;
6031}
6032
6033/*
6034 * Find the matching '(', failing if it is in a comment.
6035 * Return NULL of no match found.
6036 */
6037 static pos_T *
6038find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) /* XXX */
6039 int ind_maxparen;
6040 int ind_maxcomment;
6041{
6042 pos_T cursor_save;
6043 pos_T *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006044 static pos_T pos_copy;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006045
6046 cursor_save = curwin->w_cursor;
6047 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, '(', 0, ind_maxparen)) != NULL)
6048 {
6049 /* check if the ( is in a // comment */
6050 if ((colnr_T)cin_skip2pos(trypos) > trypos->col)
6051 trypos = NULL;
6052 else
6053 {
6054 pos_copy = *trypos; /* copy trypos, findmatch will change it */
6055 trypos = &pos_copy;
6056 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
6057 if (find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment) != NULL) /* XXX */
6058 trypos = NULL;
6059 }
6060 }
6061 curwin->w_cursor = cursor_save;
6062 return trypos;
6063}
6064
6065/*
6066 * Return ind_maxparen corrected for the difference in line number between the
6067 * cursor position and "startpos". This makes sure that searching for a
6068 * matching paren above the cursor line doesn't find a match because of
6069 * looking a few lines further.
6070 */
6071 static int
6072corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, startpos)
6073 int ind_maxparen;
6074 pos_T *startpos;
6075{
6076 long n = (long)startpos->lnum - (long)curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6077
6078 if (n > 0 && n < ind_maxparen / 2)
6079 return ind_maxparen - (int)n;
6080 return ind_maxparen;
6081}
6082
6083/*
6084 * Set w_cursor.col to the column number of the last unmatched ')' or '{' in
6085 * line "l".
6086 */
6087 static int
6088find_last_paren(l, start, end)
6089 char_u *l;
6090 int start, end;
6091{
6092 int i;
6093 int retval = FALSE;
6094 int open_count = 0;
6095
6096 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; /* default is start of line */
6097
6098 for (i = 0; l[i]; i++)
6099 {
6100 i = (int)(cin_skipcomment(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in comments */
6101 i = (int)(skip_string(l + i) - l); /* ignore parens in quotes */
6102 if (l[i] == start)
6103 ++open_count;
6104 else if (l[i] == end)
6105 {
6106 if (open_count > 0)
6107 --open_count;
6108 else
6109 {
6110 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
6111 retval = TRUE;
6112 }
6113 }
6114 }
6115 return retval;
6116}
6117
6118 int
6119get_c_indent()
6120{
6121 /*
6122 * spaces from a block's opening brace the prevailing indent for that
6123 * block should be
6124 */
6125 int ind_level = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6126
6127 /*
6128 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace that's at the end of a
6129 * line is imagined to be.
6130 */
6131 int ind_open_imag = 0;
6132
6133 /*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02006134 * spaces from the prevailing indent for a line that is not preceded by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006135 * an opening brace.
6136 */
6137 int ind_no_brace = 0;
6138
6139 /*
6140 * column where the first { of a function should be located }
6141 */
6142 int ind_first_open = 0;
6143
6144 /*
6145 * spaces from the prevailing indent a leftmost open brace should be
6146 * located
6147 */
6148 int ind_open_extra = 0;
6149
6150 /*
6151 * spaces from the matching open brace (real location for one at the left
6152 * edge; imaginary location from one that ends a line) the matching close
6153 * brace should be located
6154 */
6155 int ind_close_extra = 0;
6156
6157 /*
6158 * spaces from the edge of the line an open brace sitting in the leftmost
6159 * column is imagined to be
6160 */
6161 int ind_open_left_imag = 0;
6162
6163 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006164 * Spaces jump labels should be shifted to the left if N is non-negative,
6165 * otherwise the jump label will be put to column 1.
6166 */
6167 int ind_jump_label = -1;
6168
6169 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006170 * spaces from the switch() indent a "case xx" label should be located
6171 */
6172 int ind_case = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6173
6174 /*
6175 * spaces from the "case xx:" code after a switch() should be located
6176 */
6177 int ind_case_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6178
6179 /*
6180 * lineup break at end of case in switch() with case label
6181 */
6182 int ind_case_break = 0;
6183
6184 /*
6185 * spaces from the class declaration indent a scope declaration label
6186 * should be located
6187 */
6188 int ind_scopedecl = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6189
6190 /*
6191 * spaces from the scope declaration label code should be located
6192 */
6193 int ind_scopedecl_code = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6194
6195 /*
6196 * amount K&R-style parameters should be indented
6197 */
6198 int ind_param = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6199
6200 /*
6201 * amount a function type spec should be indented
6202 */
6203 int ind_func_type = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6204
6205 /*
6206 * amount a cpp base class declaration or constructor initialization
6207 * should be indented
6208 */
6209 int ind_cpp_baseclass = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6210
6211 /*
6212 * additional spaces beyond the prevailing indent a continuation line
6213 * should be located
6214 */
6215 int ind_continuation = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6216
6217 /*
6218 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses
6219 */
6220 int ind_unclosed = curbuf->b_p_sw * 2;
6221
6222 /*
6223 * spaces from the indent of the line with an unclosed parentheses, which
6224 * itself is also unclosed
6225 */
6226 int ind_unclosed2 = curbuf->b_p_sw;
6227
6228 /*
6229 * suppress ignoring spaces from the indent of a line starting with an
6230 * unclosed parentheses.
6231 */
6232 int ind_unclosed_noignore = 0;
6233
6234 /*
6235 * If the opening paren is the last nonwhite character on the line, and
6236 * ind_unclosed_wrapped is nonzero, use this indent relative to the outer
6237 * context (for very long lines).
6238 */
6239 int ind_unclosed_wrapped = 0;
6240
6241 /*
6242 * suppress ignoring white space when lining up with the character after
6243 * an unclosed parentheses.
6244 */
6245 int ind_unclosed_whiteok = 0;
6246
6247 /*
6248 * indent a closing parentheses under the line start of the matching
6249 * opening parentheses.
6250 */
6251 int ind_matching_paren = 0;
6252
6253 /*
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006254 * indent a closing parentheses under the previous line.
6255 */
6256 int ind_paren_prev = 0;
6257
6258 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006259 * Extra indent for comments.
6260 */
6261 int ind_comment = 0;
6262
6263 /*
6264 * spaces from the comment opener when there is nothing after it.
6265 */
6266 int ind_in_comment = 3;
6267
6268 /*
6269 * boolean: if non-zero, use ind_in_comment even if there is something
6270 * after the comment opener.
6271 */
6272 int ind_in_comment2 = 0;
6273
6274 /*
6275 * max lines to search for an open paren
6276 */
6277 int ind_maxparen = 20;
6278
6279 /*
6280 * max lines to search for an open comment
6281 */
6282 int ind_maxcomment = 70;
6283
6284 /*
6285 * handle braces for java code
6286 */
6287 int ind_java = 0;
6288
6289 /*
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006290 * not to confuse JS object properties with labels
6291 */
6292 int ind_js = 0;
6293
6294 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006295 * handle blocked cases correctly
6296 */
6297 int ind_keep_case_label = 0;
6298
6299 pos_T cur_curpos;
6300 int amount;
6301 int scope_amount;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006302 int cur_amount = MAXCOL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006303 colnr_T col;
6304 char_u *theline;
6305 char_u *linecopy;
6306 pos_T *trypos;
6307 pos_T *tryposBrace = NULL;
6308 pos_T our_paren_pos;
6309 char_u *start;
6310 int start_brace;
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006311#define BRACE_IN_COL0 1 /* '{' is in column 0 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006312#define BRACE_AT_START 2 /* '{' is at start of line */
6313#define BRACE_AT_END 3 /* '{' is at end of line */
6314 linenr_T ourscope;
6315 char_u *l;
6316 char_u *look;
6317 char_u terminated;
6318 int lookfor;
6319#define LOOKFOR_INITIAL 0
6320#define LOOKFOR_IF 1
6321#define LOOKFOR_DO 2
6322#define LOOKFOR_CASE 3
6323#define LOOKFOR_ANY 4
6324#define LOOKFOR_TERM 5
6325#define LOOKFOR_UNTERM 6
6326#define LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL 7
6327#define LOOKFOR_NOBREAK 8
6328#define LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS 9
6329#define LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT 10
6330
6331 int whilelevel;
6332 linenr_T lnum;
6333 char_u *options;
6334 int fraction = 0; /* init for GCC */
6335 int divider;
6336 int n;
6337 int iscase;
6338 int lookfor_break;
6339 int cont_amount = 0; /* amount for continuation line */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006340 int original_line_islabel;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006341
6342 for (options = curbuf->b_p_cino; *options; )
6343 {
6344 l = options++;
6345 if (*options == '-')
6346 ++options;
6347 n = getdigits(&options);
6348 divider = 0;
6349 if (*options == '.') /* ".5s" means a fraction */
6350 {
6351 fraction = atol((char *)++options);
6352 while (VIM_ISDIGIT(*options))
6353 {
6354 ++options;
6355 if (divider)
6356 divider *= 10;
6357 else
6358 divider = 10;
6359 }
6360 }
6361 if (*options == 's') /* "2s" means two times 'shiftwidth' */
6362 {
6363 if (n == 0 && fraction == 0)
6364 n = curbuf->b_p_sw; /* just "s" is one 'shiftwidth' */
6365 else
6366 {
6367 n *= curbuf->b_p_sw;
6368 if (divider)
6369 n += (curbuf->b_p_sw * fraction + divider / 2) / divider;
6370 }
6371 ++options;
6372 }
6373 if (l[1] == '-')
6374 n = -n;
6375 /* When adding an entry here, also update the default 'cinoptions' in
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006376 * doc/indent.txt, and add explanation for it! */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006377 switch (*l)
6378 {
6379 case '>': ind_level = n; break;
6380 case 'e': ind_open_imag = n; break;
6381 case 'n': ind_no_brace = n; break;
6382 case 'f': ind_first_open = n; break;
6383 case '{': ind_open_extra = n; break;
6384 case '}': ind_close_extra = n; break;
6385 case '^': ind_open_left_imag = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006386 case 'L': ind_jump_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006387 case ':': ind_case = n; break;
6388 case '=': ind_case_code = n; break;
6389 case 'b': ind_case_break = n; break;
6390 case 'p': ind_param = n; break;
6391 case 't': ind_func_type = n; break;
6392 case '/': ind_comment = n; break;
6393 case 'c': ind_in_comment = n; break;
6394 case 'C': ind_in_comment2 = n; break;
6395 case 'i': ind_cpp_baseclass = n; break;
6396 case '+': ind_continuation = n; break;
6397 case '(': ind_unclosed = n; break;
6398 case 'u': ind_unclosed2 = n; break;
6399 case 'U': ind_unclosed_noignore = n; break;
6400 case 'W': ind_unclosed_wrapped = n; break;
6401 case 'w': ind_unclosed_whiteok = n; break;
6402 case 'm': ind_matching_paren = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006403 case 'M': ind_paren_prev = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006404 case ')': ind_maxparen = n; break;
6405 case '*': ind_maxcomment = n; break;
6406 case 'g': ind_scopedecl = n; break;
6407 case 'h': ind_scopedecl_code = n; break;
6408 case 'j': ind_java = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006409 case 'J': ind_js = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006410 case 'l': ind_keep_case_label = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar39353fd2007-03-27 09:02:11 +00006411 case '#': ind_hash_comment = n; break;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006412 }
Bram Moolenaardfdf3c42010-03-23 18:22:46 +01006413 if (*options == ',')
6414 ++options;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006415 }
6416
6417 /* remember where the cursor was when we started */
6418 cur_curpos = curwin->w_cursor;
6419
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006420 /* if we are at line 1 0 is fine, right? */
6421 if (cur_curpos.lnum == 1)
6422 return 0;
6423
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006424 /* Get a copy of the current contents of the line.
6425 * This is required, because only the most recent line obtained with
6426 * ml_get is valid! */
6427 linecopy = vim_strsave(ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum));
6428 if (linecopy == NULL)
6429 return 0;
6430
6431 /*
6432 * In insert mode and the cursor is on a ')' truncate the line at the
6433 * cursor position. We don't want to line up with the matching '(' when
6434 * inserting new stuff.
6435 * For unknown reasons the cursor might be past the end of the line, thus
6436 * check for that.
6437 */
6438 if ((State & INSERT)
Bram Moolenaar2c4278f2009-05-17 11:33:22 +00006439 && curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)STRLEN(linecopy)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006440 && linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] == ')')
6441 linecopy[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
6442
6443 theline = skipwhite(linecopy);
6444
6445 /* move the cursor to the start of the line */
6446
6447 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
6448
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006449 original_line_islabel = cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
6450
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006451 /*
6452 * #defines and so on always go at the left when included in 'cinkeys'.
6453 */
6454 if (*theline == '#' && (*linecopy == '#' || in_cinkeys('#', ' ', TRUE)))
6455 {
6456 amount = 0;
6457 }
6458
6459 /*
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006460 * Is it a non-case label? Then that goes at the left margin too unless:
6461 * - JS flag is set.
6462 * - 'L' item has a positive value.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006463 */
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02006464 else if (original_line_islabel && !ind_js && ind_jump_label < 0)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006465 {
6466 amount = 0;
6467 }
6468
6469 /*
6470 * If we're inside a "//" comment and there is a "//" comment in a
6471 * previous line, lineup with that one.
6472 */
6473 else if (cin_islinecomment(theline)
6474 && (trypos = find_line_comment()) != NULL) /* XXX */
6475 {
6476 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6477 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6478 amount = col;
6479 }
6480
6481 /*
6482 * If we're inside a comment and not looking at the start of the
6483 * comment, try using the 'comments' option.
6484 */
6485 else if (!cin_iscomment(theline)
6486 && (trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL) /* XXX */
6487 {
6488 int lead_start_len = 2;
6489 int lead_middle_len = 1;
6490 char_u lead_start[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* start-comment string */
6491 char_u lead_middle[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* middle-comment string */
6492 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
6493 char_u *p;
6494 int start_align = 0;
6495 int start_off = 0;
6496 int done = FALSE;
6497
6498 /* find how indented the line beginning the comment is */
6499 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6500 amount = col;
Bram Moolenaar4aa97422011-04-11 14:27:38 +02006501 *lead_start = NUL;
6502 *lead_middle = NUL;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006503
6504 p = curbuf->b_p_com;
6505 while (*p != NUL)
6506 {
6507 int align = 0;
6508 int off = 0;
6509 int what = 0;
6510
6511 while (*p != NUL && *p != ':')
6512 {
6513 if (*p == COM_START || *p == COM_END || *p == COM_MIDDLE)
6514 what = *p++;
6515 else if (*p == COM_LEFT || *p == COM_RIGHT)
6516 align = *p++;
6517 else if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p) || *p == '-')
6518 off = getdigits(&p);
6519 else
6520 ++p;
6521 }
6522
6523 if (*p == ':')
6524 ++p;
6525 (void)copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
6526 if (what == COM_START)
6527 {
6528 STRCPY(lead_start, lead_end);
6529 lead_start_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_start);
6530 start_off = off;
6531 start_align = align;
6532 }
6533 else if (what == COM_MIDDLE)
6534 {
6535 STRCPY(lead_middle, lead_end);
6536 lead_middle_len = (int)STRLEN(lead_middle);
6537 }
6538 else if (what == COM_END)
6539 {
6540 /* If our line starts with the middle comment string, line it
6541 * up with the comment opener per the 'comments' option. */
6542 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) == 0
6543 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) != 0)
6544 {
6545 done = TRUE;
6546 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
6547 {
6548 /* If the start comment string matches in the previous
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00006549 * line, use the indent of that line plus offset. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006550 * the middle comment string matches in the previous
6551 * line, use the indent of that line. XXX */
6552 look = skipwhite(ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1));
6553 if (STRNCMP(look, lead_start, lead_start_len) == 0)
6554 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6555 else if (STRNCMP(look, lead_middle,
6556 lead_middle_len) == 0)
6557 {
6558 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6559 break;
6560 }
6561 /* If the start comment string doesn't match with the
6562 * start of the comment, skip this entry. XXX */
6563 else if (STRNCMP(ml_get(trypos->lnum) + trypos->col,
6564 lead_start, lead_start_len) != 0)
6565 continue;
6566 }
6567 if (start_off != 0)
6568 amount += start_off;
6569 else if (start_align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006570 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6571 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006572 break;
6573 }
6574
6575 /* If our line starts with the end comment string, line it up
6576 * with the middle comment */
6577 if (STRNCMP(theline, lead_middle, lead_middle_len) != 0
6578 && STRNCMP(theline, lead_end, STRLEN(lead_end)) == 0)
6579 {
6580 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
6581 /* XXX */
6582 if (off != 0)
6583 amount += off;
6584 else if (align == COM_RIGHT)
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00006585 amount += vim_strsize(lead_start)
6586 - vim_strsize(lead_middle);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006587 done = TRUE;
6588 break;
6589 }
6590 }
6591 }
6592
6593 /* If our line starts with an asterisk, line up with the
6594 * asterisk in the comment opener; otherwise, line up
6595 * with the first character of the comment text.
6596 */
6597 if (done)
6598 ;
6599 else if (theline[0] == '*')
6600 amount += 1;
6601 else
6602 {
6603 /*
6604 * If we are more than one line away from the comment opener, take
6605 * the indent of the previous non-empty line. If 'cino' has "CO"
6606 * and we are just below the comment opener and there are any
6607 * white characters after it line up with the text after it;
6608 * otherwise, add the amount specified by "c" in 'cino'
6609 */
6610 amount = -1;
6611 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > trypos->lnum; --lnum)
6612 {
6613 if (linewhite(lnum)) /* skip blank lines */
6614 continue;
6615 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
6616 break;
6617 }
6618 if (amount == -1) /* use the comment opener */
6619 {
6620 if (!ind_in_comment2)
6621 {
6622 start = ml_get(trypos->lnum);
6623 look = start + trypos->col + 2; /* skip / and * */
6624 if (*look != NUL) /* if something after it */
6625 trypos->col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(look) - start);
6626 }
6627 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6628 amount = col;
6629 if (ind_in_comment2 || *look == NUL)
6630 amount += ind_in_comment;
6631 }
6632 }
6633 }
6634
6635 /*
6636 * Are we inside parentheses or braces?
6637 */ /* XXX */
6638 else if (((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6639 && ind_java == 0)
6640 || (tryposBrace = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
6641 || trypos != NULL)
6642 {
6643 if (trypos != NULL && tryposBrace != NULL)
6644 {
6645 /* Both an unmatched '(' and '{' is found. Use the one which is
6646 * closer to the current cursor position, set the other to NULL. */
6647 if (trypos->lnum != tryposBrace->lnum
6648 ? trypos->lnum < tryposBrace->lnum
6649 : trypos->col < tryposBrace->col)
6650 trypos = NULL;
6651 else
6652 tryposBrace = NULL;
6653 }
6654
6655 if (trypos != NULL)
6656 {
6657 /*
6658 * If the matching paren is more than one line away, use the indent of
6659 * a previous non-empty line that matches the same paren.
6660 */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006661 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_paren_prev)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006662 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006663 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6664 amount = get_indent_lnum(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1); /* XXX */
6665 }
6666 else
6667 {
6668 amount = -1;
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006669 our_paren_pos = *trypos;
6670 for (lnum = cur_curpos.lnum - 1; lnum > our_paren_pos.lnum; --lnum)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006671 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006672 l = skipwhite(ml_get(lnum));
6673 if (cin_nocode(l)) /* skip comment lines */
6674 continue;
6675 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &lnum))
6676 continue; /* ignore #define, #if, etc. */
6677 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006678
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006679 /* Skip a comment. XXX */
6680 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6681 {
6682 lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
6683 continue;
6684 }
6685
6686 /* XXX */
6687 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(
6688 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006689 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006690 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6691 && trypos->col == our_paren_pos.col)
6692 {
6693 amount = get_indent_lnum(lnum); /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006694
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006695 if (theline[0] == ')')
6696 {
6697 if (our_paren_pos.lnum != lnum
6698 && cur_amount > amount)
6699 cur_amount = amount;
6700 amount = -1;
6701 }
6702 break;
6703 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006704 }
6705 }
6706
6707 /*
6708 * Line up with line where the matching paren is. XXX
6709 * If the line starts with a '(' or the indent for unclosed
6710 * parentheses is zero, line up with the unclosed parentheses.
6711 */
6712 if (amount == -1)
6713 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006714 int ignore_paren_col = 0;
6715
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006716 amount = skip_label(our_paren_pos.lnum, &look, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006717 look = skipwhite(look);
6718 if (*look == '(')
6719 {
6720 linenr_T save_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
6721 char_u *line;
6722 int look_col;
6723
6724 /* Ignore a '(' in front of the line that has a match before
6725 * our matching '('. */
6726 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6727 line = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaara93fa7e2006-04-17 22:14:47 +00006728 look_col = (int)(look - line);
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006729 curwin->w_cursor.col = look_col + 1;
6730 if ((trypos = findmatchlimit(NULL, ')', 0, ind_maxparen))
6731 != NULL
6732 && trypos->lnum == our_paren_pos.lnum
6733 && trypos->col < our_paren_pos.col)
6734 ignore_paren_col = trypos->col + 1;
6735
6736 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = save_lnum;
6737 look = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum) + look_col;
6738 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006739 if (theline[0] == ')' || ind_unclosed == 0
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006740 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore && *look == '('
6741 && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006742 {
6743 /*
6744 * If we're looking at a close paren, line up right there;
6745 * otherwise, line up with the next (non-white) character.
6746 * When ind_unclosed_wrapped is set and the matching paren is
6747 * the last nonwhite character of the line, use either the
6748 * indent of the current line or the indentation of the next
6749 * outer paren and add ind_unclosed_wrapped (for very long
6750 * lines).
6751 */
6752 if (theline[0] != ')')
6753 {
6754 cur_amount = MAXCOL;
6755 l = ml_get(our_paren_pos.lnum);
6756 if (ind_unclosed_wrapped
6757 && cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"(", NULL))
6758 {
6759 /* look for opening unmatched paren, indent one level
6760 * for each additional level */
6761 n = 1;
6762 for (col = 0; col < our_paren_pos.col; ++col)
6763 {
6764 switch (l[col])
6765 {
6766 case '(':
6767 case '{': ++n;
6768 break;
6769
6770 case ')':
6771 case '}': if (n > 1)
6772 --n;
6773 break;
6774 }
6775 }
6776
6777 our_paren_pos.col = 0;
6778 amount += n * ind_unclosed_wrapped;
6779 }
6780 else if (ind_unclosed_whiteok)
6781 our_paren_pos.col++;
6782 else
6783 {
6784 col = our_paren_pos.col + 1;
6785 while (vim_iswhite(l[col]))
6786 col++;
6787 if (l[col] != NUL) /* In case of trailing space */
6788 our_paren_pos.col = col;
6789 else
6790 our_paren_pos.col++;
6791 }
6792 }
6793
6794 /*
6795 * Find how indented the paren is, or the character after it
6796 * if we did the above "if".
6797 */
6798 if (our_paren_pos.col > 0)
6799 {
6800 getvcol(curwin, &our_paren_pos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6801 if (cur_amount > (int)col)
6802 cur_amount = col;
6803 }
6804 }
6805
6806 if (theline[0] == ')' && ind_matching_paren)
6807 {
6808 /* Line up with the start of the matching paren line. */
6809 }
6810 else if (ind_unclosed == 0 || (!ind_unclosed_noignore
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006811 && *look == '(' && ignore_paren_col == 0))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006812 {
6813 if (cur_amount != MAXCOL)
6814 amount = cur_amount;
6815 }
6816 else
6817 {
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00006818 /* Add ind_unclosed2 for each '(' before our matching one, but
6819 * ignore (void) before the line (ignore_paren_col). */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006820 col = our_paren_pos.col;
Bram Moolenaarb21e5842006-04-16 18:30:08 +00006821 while ((int)our_paren_pos.col > ignore_paren_col)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006822 {
6823 --our_paren_pos.col;
6824 switch (*ml_get_pos(&our_paren_pos))
6825 {
6826 case '(': amount += ind_unclosed2;
6827 col = our_paren_pos.col;
6828 break;
6829 case ')': amount -= ind_unclosed2;
6830 col = MAXCOL;
6831 break;
6832 }
6833 }
6834
6835 /* Use ind_unclosed once, when the first '(' is not inside
6836 * braces */
6837 if (col == MAXCOL)
6838 amount += ind_unclosed;
6839 else
6840 {
6841 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = our_paren_pos.lnum;
6842 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
Bram Moolenaar367bec82011-04-11 14:26:19 +02006843 if (find_match_paren(ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006844 amount += ind_unclosed2;
6845 else
6846 amount += ind_unclosed;
6847 }
6848 /*
6849 * For a line starting with ')' use the minimum of the two
6850 * positions, to avoid giving it more indent than the previous
6851 * lines:
6852 * func_long_name( if (x
6853 * arg && yy
6854 * ) ^ not here ) ^ not here
6855 */
6856 if (cur_amount < amount)
6857 amount = cur_amount;
6858 }
6859 }
6860
6861 /* add extra indent for a comment */
6862 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
6863 amount += ind_comment;
6864 }
6865
6866 /*
6867 * Are we at least inside braces, then?
6868 */
6869 else
6870 {
6871 trypos = tryposBrace;
6872
6873 ourscope = trypos->lnum;
6874 start = ml_get(ourscope);
6875
6876 /*
6877 * Now figure out how indented the line is in general.
6878 * If the brace was at the start of the line, we use that;
6879 * otherwise, check out the indentation of the line as
6880 * a whole and then add the "imaginary indent" to that.
6881 */
6882 look = skipwhite(start);
6883 if (*look == '{')
6884 {
6885 getvcol(curwin, trypos, &col, NULL, NULL);
6886 amount = col;
6887 if (*start == '{')
6888 start_brace = BRACE_IN_COL0;
6889 else
6890 start_brace = BRACE_AT_START;
6891 }
6892 else
6893 {
6894 /*
6895 * that opening brace might have been on a continuation
6896 * line. if so, find the start of the line.
6897 */
6898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = ourscope;
6899
6900 /*
6901 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
6902 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
6903 */
6904 lnum = ourscope;
6905 if (find_last_paren(start, '(', ')')
6906 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
6907 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
6908 lnum = trypos->lnum;
6909
6910 /*
6911 * It could have been something like
6912 * case 1: if (asdf &&
6913 * ldfd) {
6914 * }
6915 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006916 if ((ind_keep_case_label
6917 && cin_iscase(skipwhite(ml_get_curline()), FALSE)))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006918 amount = get_indent();
6919 else
6920 amount = skip_label(lnum, &l, ind_maxcomment);
6921
6922 start_brace = BRACE_AT_END;
6923 }
6924
6925 /*
6926 * if we're looking at a closing brace, that's where
6927 * we want to be. otherwise, add the amount of room
6928 * that an indent is supposed to be.
6929 */
6930 if (theline[0] == '}')
6931 {
6932 /*
6933 * they may want closing braces to line up with something
6934 * other than the open brace. indulge them, if so.
6935 */
6936 amount += ind_close_extra;
6937 }
6938 else
6939 {
6940 /*
6941 * If we're looking at an "else", try to find an "if"
6942 * to match it with.
6943 * If we're looking at a "while", try to find a "do"
6944 * to match it with.
6945 */
6946 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
6947 if (cin_iselse(theline))
6948 lookfor = LOOKFOR_IF;
6949 else if (cin_iswhileofdo(theline, cur_curpos.lnum, ind_maxparen))
6950 /* XXX */
6951 lookfor = LOOKFOR_DO;
6952 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_INITIAL)
6953 {
6954 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = cur_curpos.lnum;
6955 if (find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen,
6956 ind_maxcomment) == OK)
6957 {
6958 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
6959 goto theend;
6960 }
6961 }
6962
6963 /*
6964 * We get here if we are not on an "while-of-do" or "else" (or
6965 * failed to find a matching "if").
6966 * Search backwards for something to line up with.
6967 * First set amount for when we don't find anything.
6968 */
6969
6970 /*
6971 * if the '{' is _really_ at the left margin, use the imaginary
6972 * location of a left-margin brace. Otherwise, correct the
6973 * location for ind_open_extra.
6974 */
6975
6976 if (start_brace == BRACE_IN_COL0) /* '{' is in column 0 */
6977 {
6978 amount = ind_open_left_imag;
6979 }
6980 else
6981 {
6982 if (start_brace == BRACE_AT_END) /* '{' is at end of line */
6983 amount += ind_open_imag;
6984 else
6985 {
6986 /* Compensate for adding ind_open_extra later. */
6987 amount -= ind_open_extra;
6988 if (amount < 0)
6989 amount = 0;
6990 }
6991 }
6992
6993 lookfor_break = FALSE;
6994
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02006995 if (cin_iscase(theline, FALSE)) /* it's a switch() label */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006996 {
6997 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CASE; /* find a previous switch() label */
6998 amount += ind_case;
6999 }
7000 else if (cin_isscopedecl(theline)) /* private:, ... */
7001 {
7002 lookfor = LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL; /* class decl is this block */
7003 amount += ind_scopedecl;
7004 }
7005 else
7006 {
7007 if (ind_case_break && cin_isbreak(theline)) /* break; ... */
7008 lookfor_break = TRUE;
7009
7010 lookfor = LOOKFOR_INITIAL;
7011 amount += ind_level; /* ind_level from start of block */
7012 }
7013 scope_amount = amount;
7014 whilelevel = 0;
7015
7016 /*
7017 * Search backwards. If we find something we recognize, line up
7018 * with that.
7019 *
7020 * if we're looking at an open brace, indent
7021 * the usual amount relative to the conditional
7022 * that opens the block.
7023 */
7024 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7025 for (;;)
7026 {
7027 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7028 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7029
7030 /*
7031 * If we went all the way back to the start of our scope, line
7032 * up with it.
7033 */
7034 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= ourscope)
7035 {
7036 /* we reached end of scope:
7037 * if looking for a enum or structure initialization
7038 * go further back:
7039 * if it is an initializer (enum xxx or xxx =), then
7040 * don't add ind_continuation, otherwise it is a variable
7041 * declaration:
7042 * int x,
7043 * here; <-- add ind_continuation
7044 */
7045 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7046 {
7047 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 0
7048 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum
7049 < ourscope - ind_maxparen)
7050 {
7051 /* nothing found (abuse ind_maxparen as limit)
7052 * assume terminated line (i.e. a variable
7053 * initialization) */
7054 if (cont_amount > 0)
7055 amount = cont_amount;
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007056 else if (!ind_js)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007057 amount += ind_continuation;
7058 break;
7059 }
7060
7061 l = ml_get_curline();
7062
7063 /*
7064 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the
7065 * comment.
7066 */
7067 trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment);
7068 if (trypos != NULL)
7069 {
7070 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007071 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007072 continue;
7073 }
7074
7075 /*
7076 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7077 */
7078 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7079 continue;
7080
7081 if (cin_nocode(l))
7082 continue;
7083
7084 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7085
7086 /*
7087 * If we are at top level and the line looks like a
7088 * function declaration, we are done
7089 * (it's a variable declaration).
7090 */
7091 if (start_brace != BRACE_IN_COL0
7092 || !cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7093 {
7094 /* if the line is terminated with another ','
7095 * it is a continued variable initialization.
7096 * don't add extra indent.
7097 * TODO: does not work, if a function
7098 * declaration is split over multiple lines:
7099 * cin_isfuncdecl returns FALSE then.
7100 */
7101 if (terminated == ',')
7102 break;
7103
7104 /* if it es a enum declaration or an assignment,
7105 * we are done.
7106 */
7107 if (terminated != ';' && cin_isinit())
7108 break;
7109
7110 /* nothing useful found */
7111 if (terminated == 0 || terminated == '{')
7112 continue;
7113 }
7114
7115 if (terminated != ';')
7116 {
7117 /* Skip parens and braces. Position the cursor
7118 * over the rightmost paren, so that matching it
7119 * will take us back to the start of the line.
7120 */ /* XXX */
7121 trypos = NULL;
7122 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')'))
7123 trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7124 ind_maxcomment);
7125
7126 if (trypos == NULL && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
7127 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7128
7129 if (trypos != NULL)
7130 {
7131 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007132 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007133 continue;
7134 }
7135 }
7136
7137 /* it's a variable declaration, add indentation
7138 * like in
7139 * int a,
7140 * b;
7141 */
7142 if (cont_amount > 0)
7143 amount = cont_amount;
7144 else
7145 amount += ind_continuation;
7146 }
7147 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7148 {
7149 if (cont_amount > 0)
7150 amount = cont_amount;
7151 else
7152 amount += ind_continuation;
7153 }
7154 else if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7155 && lookfor != LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7156 {
7157 amount = scope_amount;
7158 if (theline[0] == '{')
7159 amount += ind_open_extra;
7160 }
7161 break;
7162 }
7163
7164 /*
7165 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7166 */ /* XXX */
7167 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7168 {
7169 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007170 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007171 continue;
7172 }
7173
7174 l = ml_get_curline();
7175
7176 /*
7177 * If this is a switch() label, may line up relative to that.
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007178 * If this is a C++ scope declaration, do the same.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007179 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007180 iscase = cin_iscase(l, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007181 if (iscase || cin_isscopedecl(l))
7182 {
7183 /* we are only looking for cpp base class
7184 * declaration/initialization any longer */
7185 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7186 break;
7187
7188 /* When looking for a "do" we are not interested in
7189 * labels. */
7190 if (whilelevel > 0)
7191 continue;
7192
7193 /*
7194 * case xx:
7195 * c = 99 + <- this indent plus continuation
7196 *-> here;
7197 */
7198 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7199 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7200 {
7201 if (cont_amount > 0)
7202 amount = cont_amount;
7203 else
7204 amount += ind_continuation;
7205 break;
7206 }
7207
7208 /*
7209 * case xx: <- line up with this case
7210 * x = 333;
7211 * case yy:
7212 */
7213 if ( (iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE)
7214 || (iscase && lookfor_break)
7215 || (!iscase && lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL))
7216 {
7217 /*
7218 * Check that this case label is not for another
7219 * switch()
7220 */ /* XXX */
7221 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) ==
7222 NULL || trypos->lnum == ourscope)
7223 {
7224 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7225 break;
7226 }
7227 continue;
7228 }
7229
7230 n = get_indent_nolabel(curwin->w_cursor.lnum); /* XXX */
7231
7232 /*
7233 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7234 * y = y + 1;
7235 * -> s = 99;
7236 *
7237 * case xx:
7238 * if (cond) <- line up with this line
7239 * y = y + 1;
7240 * -> s = 99;
7241 */
7242 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7243 {
7244 if (n)
7245 amount = n;
7246
7247 if (!lookfor_break)
7248 break;
7249 }
7250
7251 /*
7252 * case xx: x = x + 1; <- line up with this x
7253 * -> y = y + 1;
7254 *
7255 * case xx: if (cond) <- line up with this if
7256 * -> y = y + 1;
7257 */
7258 if (n)
7259 {
7260 amount = n;
7261 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7262 if (l != NULL && cin_is_cinword(l))
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007263 {
7264 if (theline[0] == '{')
7265 amount += ind_open_extra;
7266 else
7267 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7268 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007269 break;
7270 }
7271
7272 /*
7273 * Try to get the indent of a statement before the switch
7274 * label. If nothing is found, line up relative to the
7275 * switch label.
7276 * break; <- may line up with this line
7277 * case xx:
7278 * -> y = 1;
7279 */
7280 scope_amount = get_indent() + (iscase /* XXX */
7281 ? ind_case_code : ind_scopedecl_code);
7282 lookfor = ind_case_break ? LOOKFOR_NOBREAK : LOOKFOR_ANY;
7283 continue;
7284 }
7285
7286 /*
7287 * Looking for a switch() label or C++ scope declaration,
7288 * ignore other lines, skip {}-blocks.
7289 */
7290 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CASE || lookfor == LOOKFOR_SCOPEDECL)
7291 {
7292 if (find_last_paren(l, '{', '}') && (trypos =
7293 find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007294 {
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007295 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007296 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7297 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007298 continue;
7299 }
7300
7301 /*
7302 * Ignore jump labels with nothing after them.
7303 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007304 if (!ind_js && cin_islabel(ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007305 {
7306 l = after_label(ml_get_curline());
7307 if (l == NULL || cin_nocode(l))
7308 continue;
7309 }
7310
7311 /*
7312 * Ignore #defines, #if, etc.
7313 * Ignore comment and empty lines.
7314 * (need to get the line again, cin_islabel() may have
7315 * unlocked it)
7316 */
7317 l = ml_get_curline();
7318 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
7319 || cin_nocode(l))
7320 continue;
7321
7322 /*
7323 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7324 * constructor initialization?
7325 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007326 n = FALSE;
7327 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM && ind_cpp_baseclass > 0)
7328 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007329 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007330 l = ml_get_curline();
7331 }
7332 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007333 {
7334 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7335 {
7336 if (cont_amount > 0)
7337 amount = cont_amount;
7338 else
7339 amount += ind_continuation;
7340 }
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007341 else if (theline[0] == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007342 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007343 /* Need to find start of the declaration. */
7344 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7345 ind_continuation = 0;
7346 continue;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007347 }
7348 else
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007349 /* XXX */
7350 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7351 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007352 break;
7353 }
7354 else if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS)
7355 {
7356 /* only look, whether there is a cpp base class
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007357 * declaration or initialization before the opening brace.
7358 */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007359 if (cin_isterminated(l, TRUE, FALSE))
7360 break;
7361 else
7362 continue;
7363 }
7364
7365 /*
7366 * What happens next depends on the line being terminated.
7367 * If terminated with a ',' only consider it terminating if
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007368 * there is another unterminated statement behind, eg:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007369 * 123,
7370 * sizeof
7371 * here
7372 * Otherwise check whether it is a enumeration or structure
7373 * initialisation (not indented) or a variable declaration
7374 * (indented).
7375 */
7376 terminated = cin_isterminated(l, FALSE, TRUE);
7377
7378 if (terminated == 0 || (lookfor != LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7379 && terminated == ','))
7380 {
7381 /*
7382 * if we're in the middle of a paren thing,
7383 * go back to the line that starts it so
7384 * we can get the right prevailing indent
7385 * if ( foo &&
7386 * bar )
7387 */
7388 /*
7389 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
7390 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
7391 */
7392 (void)find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
7393 trypos = find_match_paren(
7394 corr_ind_maxparen(ind_maxparen, &cur_curpos),
7395 ind_maxcomment);
7396
7397 /*
7398 * If we are looking for ',', we also look for matching
7399 * braces.
7400 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007401 if (trypos == NULL && terminated == ','
7402 && find_last_paren(l, '{', '}'))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007403 trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment);
7404
7405 if (trypos != NULL)
7406 {
7407 /*
7408 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7409 * handled above.
7410 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7411 * asdf)
7412 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007413 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007414 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007415 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007416 {
7417 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007418 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007419 continue;
7420 }
7421 }
7422
7423 /*
7424 * Skip over continuation lines to find the one to get the
7425 * indent from
7426 * char *usethis = "bla\
7427 * bla",
7428 * here;
7429 */
7430 if (terminated == ',')
7431 {
7432 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7433 {
7434 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7435 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7436 break;
7437 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007438 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007439 }
7440 }
7441
7442 /*
7443 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7444 * ignoring any jump label. XXX
7445 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007446 if (!ind_js)
7447 cur_amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007448 &l, ind_maxcomment);
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007449 else
7450 cur_amount = get_indent();
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007451 /*
7452 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, and it
7453 * starts with a '{', line it up with this line.
7454 * while (not)
7455 * -> {
7456 * }
7457 */
7458 if (terminated != ',' && lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM
7459 && theline[0] == '{')
7460 {
7461 amount = cur_amount;
7462 /*
7463 * Only add ind_open_extra when the current line
7464 * doesn't start with a '{', which must have a match
7465 * in the same line (scope is the same). Probably:
7466 * { 1, 2 },
7467 * -> { 3, 4 }
7468 */
7469 if (*skipwhite(l) != '{')
7470 amount += ind_open_extra;
7471
7472 if (ind_cpp_baseclass)
7473 {
7474 /* have to look back, whether it is a cpp base
7475 * class declaration or initialization */
7476 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7477 continue;
7478 }
7479 break;
7480 }
7481
7482 /*
7483 * Check if we are after an "if", "while", etc.
7484 * Also allow " } else".
7485 */
7486 if (cin_is_cinword(l) || cin_iselse(skipwhite(l)))
7487 {
7488 /*
7489 * Found an unterminated line after an if (), line up
7490 * with the last one.
7491 * if (cond)
7492 * 100 +
7493 * -> here;
7494 */
7495 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7496 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7497 {
7498 if (cont_amount > 0)
7499 amount = cont_amount;
7500 else
7501 amount += ind_continuation;
7502 break;
7503 }
7504
7505 /*
7506 * If this is just above the line we are indenting, we
7507 * are finished.
7508 * while (not)
7509 * -> here;
7510 * Otherwise this indent can be used when the line
7511 * before this is terminated.
7512 * yyy;
7513 * if (stat)
7514 * while (not)
7515 * xxx;
7516 * -> here;
7517 */
7518 amount = cur_amount;
7519 if (theline[0] == '{')
7520 amount += ind_open_extra;
7521 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7522 {
7523 amount += ind_level + ind_no_brace;
7524 break;
7525 }
7526
7527 /*
7528 * Special trick: when expecting the while () after a
7529 * do, line up with the while()
7530 * do
7531 * x = 1;
7532 * -> here
7533 */
7534 l = skipwhite(ml_get_curline());
7535 if (cin_isdo(l))
7536 {
7537 if (whilelevel == 0)
7538 break;
7539 --whilelevel;
7540 }
7541
7542 /*
7543 * When searching for a terminated line, don't use the
7544 * one between the "if" and the "else".
7545 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7546 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7547 */
7548 if (cin_iselse(l)
7549 && whilelevel == 0
7550 && ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7551 == NULL
7552 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7553 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL))
7554 break;
7555 }
7556
7557 /*
7558 * If we're below an unterminated line that is not an
7559 * "if" or something, we may line up with this line or
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00007560 * add something for a continuation line, depending on
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007561 * the line before this one.
7562 */
7563 else
7564 {
7565 /*
7566 * Found two unterminated lines on a row, line up with
7567 * the last one.
7568 * c = 99 +
7569 * 100 +
7570 * -> here;
7571 */
7572 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM)
7573 {
7574 /* When line ends in a comma add extra indent */
7575 if (terminated == ',')
7576 amount += ind_continuation;
7577 break;
7578 }
7579
7580 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7581 {
7582 /* Found two lines ending in ',', lineup with the
7583 * lowest one, but check for cpp base class
7584 * declaration/initialization, if it is an
7585 * opening brace or we are looking just for
7586 * enumerations/initializations. */
7587 if (terminated == ',')
7588 {
7589 if (ind_cpp_baseclass == 0)
7590 break;
7591
7592 lookfor = LOOKFOR_CPP_BASECLASS;
7593 continue;
7594 }
7595
7596 /* Ignore unterminated lines in between, but
7597 * reduce indent. */
7598 if (amount > cur_amount)
7599 amount = cur_amount;
7600 }
7601 else
7602 {
7603 /*
7604 * Found first unterminated line on a row, may
7605 * line up with this line, remember its indent
7606 * 100 +
7607 * -> here;
7608 */
7609 amount = cur_amount;
7610
7611 /*
7612 * If previous line ends in ',', check whether we
7613 * are in an initialization or enum
7614 * struct xxx =
7615 * {
7616 * sizeof a,
7617 * 124 };
7618 * or a normal possible continuation line.
7619 * but only, of no other statement has been found
7620 * yet.
7621 */
7622 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL && terminated == ',')
7623 {
7624 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT;
7625 cont_amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7626 }
7627 else
7628 {
7629 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_INITIAL
7630 && *l != NUL
7631 && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
7632 /* XXX */
7633 cont_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(
7634 curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
7635 if (lookfor != LOOKFOR_TERM)
7636 lookfor = LOOKFOR_UNTERM;
7637 }
7638 }
7639 }
7640 }
7641
7642 /*
7643 * Check if we are after a while (cond);
7644 * If so: Ignore until the matching "do".
7645 */
7646 /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00007647 else if (cin_iswhileofdo_end(terminated, ind_maxparen,
7648 ind_maxcomment))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007649 {
7650 /*
7651 * Found an unterminated line after a while ();, line up
7652 * with the last one.
7653 * while (cond);
7654 * 100 + <- line up with this one
7655 * -> here;
7656 */
7657 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7658 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7659 {
7660 if (cont_amount > 0)
7661 amount = cont_amount;
7662 else
7663 amount += ind_continuation;
7664 break;
7665 }
7666
7667 if (whilelevel == 0)
7668 {
7669 lookfor = LOOKFOR_TERM;
7670 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7671 if (theline[0] == '{')
7672 amount += ind_open_extra;
7673 }
7674 ++whilelevel;
7675 }
7676
7677 /*
7678 * We are after a "normal" statement.
7679 * If we had another statement we can stop now and use the
7680 * indent of that other statement.
7681 * Otherwise the indent of the current statement may be used,
7682 * search backwards for the next "normal" statement.
7683 */
7684 else
7685 {
7686 /*
7687 * Skip single break line, if before a switch label. It
7688 * may be lined up with the case label.
7689 */
7690 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_NOBREAK
7691 && cin_isbreak(skipwhite(ml_get_curline())))
7692 {
7693 lookfor = LOOKFOR_ANY;
7694 continue;
7695 }
7696
7697 /*
7698 * Handle "do {" line.
7699 */
7700 if (whilelevel > 0)
7701 {
7702 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7703 if (cin_isdo(l))
7704 {
7705 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7706 --whilelevel;
7707 continue;
7708 }
7709 }
7710
7711 /*
7712 * Found a terminated line above an unterminated line. Add
7713 * the amount for a continuation line.
7714 * x = 1;
7715 * y = foo +
7716 * -> here;
7717 * or
7718 * int x = 1;
7719 * int foo,
7720 * -> here;
7721 */
7722 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_UNTERM
7723 || lookfor == LOOKFOR_ENUM_OR_INIT)
7724 {
7725 if (cont_amount > 0)
7726 amount = cont_amount;
7727 else
7728 amount += ind_continuation;
7729 break;
7730 }
7731
7732 /*
7733 * Found a terminated line above a terminated line or "if"
7734 * etc. line. Use the amount of the line below us.
7735 * x = 1; x = 1;
7736 * if (asdf) y = 2;
7737 * while (asdf) ->here;
7738 * here;
7739 * ->foo;
7740 */
7741 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM)
7742 {
7743 if (!lookfor_break && whilelevel == 0)
7744 break;
7745 }
7746
7747 /*
7748 * First line above the one we're indenting is terminated.
7749 * To know what needs to be done look further backward for
7750 * a terminated line.
7751 */
7752 else
7753 {
7754 /*
7755 * position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so
7756 * that matching it will take us back to the start of
7757 * the line. Helps for:
7758 * func(asdr,
7759 * asdfasdf);
7760 * here;
7761 */
7762term_again:
7763 l = ml_get_curline();
7764 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7765 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7766 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7767 {
7768 /*
7769 * Check if we are on a case label now. This is
7770 * handled above.
7771 * case xx: if ( asdf &&
7772 * asdf)
7773 */
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007774 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007775 l = ml_get_curline();
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007776 if (cin_iscase(l, FALSE) || cin_isscopedecl(l))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007777 {
7778 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007779 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007780 continue;
7781 }
7782 }
7783
7784 /* When aligning with the case statement, don't align
7785 * with a statement after it.
7786 * case 1: { <-- don't use this { position
7787 * stat;
7788 * }
7789 * case 2:
7790 * stat;
7791 * }
7792 */
Bram Moolenaar3acfc302010-07-11 17:23:02 +02007793 iscase = (ind_keep_case_label && cin_iscase(l, FALSE));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007794
7795 /*
7796 * Get indent and pointer to text for current line,
7797 * ignoring any jump label.
7798 */
7799 amount = skip_label(curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
7800 &l, ind_maxcomment);
7801
7802 if (theline[0] == '{')
7803 amount += ind_open_extra;
7804 /* See remark above: "Only add ind_open_extra.." */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007805 l = skipwhite(l);
7806 if (*l == '{')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007807 amount -= ind_open_extra;
7808 lookfor = iscase ? LOOKFOR_ANY : LOOKFOR_TERM;
7809
7810 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007811 * When a terminated line starts with "else" skip to
7812 * the matching "if":
7813 * else 3;
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00007814 * indent this;
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007815 * Need to use the scope of this "else". XXX
7816 * If whilelevel != 0 continue looking for a "do {".
7817 */
7818 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_TERM
7819 && *l != '}'
7820 && cin_iselse(l)
7821 && whilelevel == 0)
7822 {
7823 if ((trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7824 == NULL
7825 || find_match(LOOKFOR_IF, trypos->lnum,
7826 ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment) == FAIL)
7827 break;
7828 continue;
7829 }
7830
7831 /*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007832 * If we're at the end of a block, skip to the start of
7833 * that block.
7834 */
7835 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7836 if (*cin_skipcomment(l) == '}'
7837 && (trypos = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment))
7838 != NULL) /* XXX */
7839 {
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007840 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007841 /* if not "else {" check for terminated again */
7842 /* but skip block for "} else {" */
7843 l = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
7844 if (*l == '}' || !cin_iselse(l))
7845 goto term_again;
7846 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007847 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007848 }
7849 }
7850 }
7851 }
7852 }
7853 }
7854
7855 /* add extra indent for a comment */
7856 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
7857 amount += ind_comment;
Bram Moolenaar02c707a2010-07-17 17:12:06 +02007858
7859 /* subtract extra left-shift for jump labels */
7860 if (ind_jump_label > 0 && original_line_islabel)
7861 amount -= ind_jump_label;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007862 }
7863
7864 /*
7865 * ok -- we're not inside any sort of structure at all!
7866 *
7867 * this means we're at the top level, and everything should
7868 * basically just match where the previous line is, except
7869 * for the lines immediately following a function declaration,
7870 * which are K&R-style parameters and need to be indented.
7871 */
7872 else
7873 {
7874 /*
7875 * if our line starts with an open brace, forget about any
7876 * prevailing indent and make sure it looks like the start
7877 * of a function
7878 */
7879
7880 if (theline[0] == '{')
7881 {
7882 amount = ind_first_open;
7883 }
7884
7885 /*
7886 * If the NEXT line is a function declaration, the current
7887 * line needs to be indented as a function type spec.
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007888 * Don't do this if the current line looks like a comment or if the
7889 * current line is terminated, ie. ends in ';', or if the current line
7890 * contains { or }: "void f() {\n if (1)"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007891 */
7892 else if (cur_curpos.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
7893 && !cin_nocode(theline)
Bram Moolenaar1a89bbe2010-03-02 12:38:22 +01007894 && vim_strchr(theline, '{') == NULL
7895 && vim_strchr(theline, '}') == NULL
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007896 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)":", NULL)
7897 && !cin_ends_in(theline, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7898 && cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum + 1)
7899 && !cin_isterminated(theline, FALSE, TRUE))
7900 {
7901 amount = ind_func_type;
7902 }
7903 else
7904 {
7905 amount = 0;
7906 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
7907
7908 /* search backwards until we find something we recognize */
7909
7910 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7911 {
7912 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
7913 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
7914
7915 l = ml_get_curline();
7916
7917 /*
7918 * If we're in a comment now, skip to the start of the comment.
7919 */ /* XXX */
7920 if ((trypos = find_start_comment(ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
7921 {
7922 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = trypos->lnum + 1;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007923 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007924 continue;
7925 }
7926
7927 /*
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007928 * Are we at the start of a cpp base class declaration or
7929 * constructor initialization?
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007930 */ /* XXX */
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007931 n = FALSE;
7932 if (ind_cpp_baseclass != 0 && theline[0] != '{')
7933 {
Bram Moolenaare7c56862007-08-04 10:14:52 +00007934 n = cin_is_cpp_baseclass(&col);
Bram Moolenaar18144c82006-04-12 21:52:12 +00007935 l = ml_get_curline();
7936 }
7937 if (n)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007938 {
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00007939 /* XXX */
7940 amount = get_baseclass_amount(col, ind_maxparen,
7941 ind_maxcomment, ind_cpp_baseclass);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007942 break;
7943 }
7944
7945 /*
7946 * Skip preprocessor directives and blank lines.
7947 */
7948 if (cin_ispreproc_cont(&l, &curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
7949 continue;
7950
7951 if (cin_nocode(l))
7952 continue;
7953
7954 /*
7955 * If the previous line ends in ',', use one level of
7956 * indentation:
7957 * int foo,
7958 * bar;
7959 * do this before checking for '}' in case of eg.
7960 * enum foobar
7961 * {
7962 * ...
7963 * } foo,
7964 * bar;
7965 */
7966 n = 0;
7967 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
7968 || (*l != NUL && (n = l[STRLEN(l) - 1]) == '\\'))
7969 {
7970 /* take us back to opening paren */
7971 if (find_last_paren(l, '(', ')')
7972 && (trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
7973 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007974 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007975
7976 /* For a line ending in ',' that is a continuation line go
7977 * back to the first line with a backslash:
7978 * char *foo = "bla\
7979 * bla",
7980 * here;
7981 */
7982 while (n == 0 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
7983 {
7984 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
7985 if (*l == NUL || l[STRLEN(l) - 1] != '\\')
7986 break;
7987 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00007988 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00007989 }
7990
7991 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
7992
7993 if (amount == 0)
7994 amount = cin_first_id_amount();
7995 if (amount == 0)
7996 amount = ind_continuation;
7997 break;
7998 }
7999
8000 /*
8001 * If the line looks like a function declaration, and we're
8002 * not in a comment, put it the left margin.
8003 */
8004 if (cin_isfuncdecl(NULL, cur_curpos.lnum)) /* XXX */
8005 break;
8006 l = ml_get_curline();
8007
8008 /*
8009 * Finding the closing '}' of a previous function. Put
8010 * current line at the left margin. For when 'cino' has "fs".
8011 */
8012 if (*skipwhite(l) == '}')
8013 break;
8014
8015 /* (matching {)
8016 * If the previous line ends on '};' (maybe followed by
8017 * comments) align at column 0. For example:
8018 * char *string_array[] = { "foo",
8019 * / * x * / "b};ar" }; / * foobar * /
8020 */
8021 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)"};", NULL))
8022 break;
8023
8024 /*
8025 * If the PREVIOUS line is a function declaration, the current
8026 * line (and the ones that follow) needs to be indented as
8027 * parameters.
8028 */
8029 if (cin_isfuncdecl(&l, curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8030 {
8031 amount = ind_param;
8032 break;
8033 }
8034
8035 /*
8036 * If the previous line ends in ';' and the line before the
8037 * previous line ends in ',' or '\', ident to column zero:
8038 * int foo,
8039 * bar;
8040 * indent_to_0 here;
8041 */
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00008042 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)";", NULL))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008043 {
8044 l = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1);
8045 if (cin_ends_in(l, (char_u *)",", NULL)
8046 || (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\'))
8047 break;
8048 l = ml_get_curline();
8049 }
8050
8051 /*
8052 * Doesn't look like anything interesting -- so just
8053 * use the indent of this line.
8054 *
8055 * Position the cursor over the rightmost paren, so that
8056 * matching it will take us back to the start of the line.
8057 */
8058 find_last_paren(l, '(', ')');
8059
8060 if ((trypos = find_match_paren(ind_maxparen,
8061 ind_maxcomment)) != NULL)
Bram Moolenaarddfc9782008-02-25 20:55:22 +00008062 curwin->w_cursor = *trypos;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008063 amount = get_indent(); /* XXX */
8064 break;
8065 }
8066
8067 /* add extra indent for a comment */
8068 if (cin_iscomment(theline))
8069 amount += ind_comment;
8070
8071 /* add extra indent if the previous line ended in a backslash:
8072 * "asdfasdf\
8073 * here";
8074 * char *foo = "asdf\
8075 * here";
8076 */
8077 if (cur_curpos.lnum > 1)
8078 {
8079 l = ml_get(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8080 if (*l != NUL && l[STRLEN(l) - 1] == '\\')
8081 {
8082 cur_amount = cin_get_equal_amount(cur_curpos.lnum - 1);
8083 if (cur_amount > 0)
8084 amount = cur_amount;
8085 else if (cur_amount == 0)
8086 amount += ind_continuation;
8087 }
8088 }
8089 }
8090 }
8091
8092theend:
8093 /* put the cursor back where it belongs */
8094 curwin->w_cursor = cur_curpos;
8095
8096 vim_free(linecopy);
8097
8098 if (amount < 0)
8099 return 0;
8100 return amount;
8101}
8102
8103 static int
8104find_match(lookfor, ourscope, ind_maxparen, ind_maxcomment)
8105 int lookfor;
8106 linenr_T ourscope;
8107 int ind_maxparen;
8108 int ind_maxcomment;
8109{
8110 char_u *look;
8111 pos_T *theirscope;
8112 char_u *mightbeif;
8113 int elselevel;
8114 int whilelevel;
8115
8116 if (lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8117 {
8118 elselevel = 1;
8119 whilelevel = 0;
8120 }
8121 else
8122 {
8123 elselevel = 0;
8124 whilelevel = 1;
8125 }
8126
8127 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8128
8129 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > ourscope + 1)
8130 {
8131 curwin->w_cursor.lnum--;
8132 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8133
8134 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8135 if (cin_iselse(look)
8136 || cin_isif(look)
8137 || cin_isdo(look) /* XXX */
8138 || cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8139 {
8140 /*
8141 * if we've gone outside the braces entirely,
8142 * we must be out of scope...
8143 */
8144 theirscope = find_start_brace(ind_maxcomment); /* XXX */
8145 if (theirscope == NULL)
8146 break;
8147
8148 /*
8149 * and if the brace enclosing this is further
8150 * back than the one enclosing the else, we're
8151 * out of luck too.
8152 */
8153 if (theirscope->lnum < ourscope)
8154 break;
8155
8156 /*
8157 * and if they're enclosed in a *deeper* brace,
8158 * then we can ignore it because it's in a
8159 * different scope...
8160 */
8161 if (theirscope->lnum > ourscope)
8162 continue;
8163
8164 /*
8165 * if it was an "else" (that's not an "else if")
8166 * then we need to go back to another if, so
8167 * increment elselevel
8168 */
8169 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8170 if (cin_iselse(look))
8171 {
8172 mightbeif = cin_skipcomment(look + 4);
8173 if (!cin_isif(mightbeif))
8174 ++elselevel;
8175 continue;
8176 }
8177
8178 /*
8179 * if it was a "while" then we need to go back to
8180 * another "do", so increment whilelevel. XXX
8181 */
8182 if (cin_iswhileofdo(look, curwin->w_cursor.lnum, ind_maxparen))
8183 {
8184 ++whilelevel;
8185 continue;
8186 }
8187
8188 /* If it's an "if" decrement elselevel */
8189 look = cin_skipcomment(ml_get_curline());
8190 if (cin_isif(look))
8191 {
8192 elselevel--;
8193 /*
8194 * When looking for an "if" ignore "while"s that
8195 * get in the way.
8196 */
8197 if (elselevel == 0 && lookfor == LOOKFOR_IF)
8198 whilelevel = 0;
8199 }
8200
8201 /* If it's a "do" decrement whilelevel */
8202 if (cin_isdo(look))
8203 whilelevel--;
8204
8205 /*
8206 * if we've used up all the elses, then
8207 * this must be the if that we want!
8208 * match the indent level of that if.
8209 */
8210 if (elselevel <= 0 && whilelevel <= 0)
8211 {
8212 return OK;
8213 }
8214 }
8215 }
8216 return FAIL;
8217}
8218
8219# if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
8220/*
8221 * Get indent level from 'indentexpr'.
8222 */
8223 int
8224get_expr_indent()
8225{
8226 int indent;
8227 pos_T pos;
8228 int save_State;
Bram Moolenaard1f56e62006-02-22 21:25:37 +00008229 int use_sandbox = was_set_insecurely((char_u *)"indentexpr",
8230 OPT_LOCAL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008231
8232 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
8233 set_vim_var_nr(VV_LNUM, curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008234 if (use_sandbox)
8235 ++sandbox;
8236 ++textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008237 indent = eval_to_number(curbuf->b_p_inde);
Bram Moolenaarb71eaae2006-01-20 23:10:18 +00008238 if (use_sandbox)
8239 --sandbox;
8240 --textlock;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008241
8242 /* Restore the cursor position so that 'indentexpr' doesn't need to.
8243 * Pretend to be in Insert mode, allow cursor past end of line for "o"
8244 * command. */
8245 save_State = State;
8246 State = INSERT;
8247 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
8248 check_cursor();
8249 State = save_State;
8250
8251 /* If there is an error, just keep the current indent. */
8252 if (indent < 0)
8253 indent = get_indent();
8254
8255 return indent;
8256}
8257# endif
8258
8259#endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
8260
8261#if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(PROTO)
8262
8263static int lisp_match __ARGS((char_u *p));
8264
8265 static int
8266lisp_match(p)
8267 char_u *p;
8268{
8269 char_u buf[LSIZE];
8270 int len;
8271 char_u *word = p_lispwords;
8272
8273 while (*word != NUL)
8274 {
8275 (void)copy_option_part(&word, buf, LSIZE, ",");
8276 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
8277 if (STRNCMP(buf, p, len) == 0 && p[len] == ' ')
8278 return TRUE;
8279 }
8280 return FALSE;
8281}
8282
8283/*
8284 * When 'p' is present in 'cpoptions, a Vi compatible method is used.
8285 * The incompatible newer method is quite a bit better at indenting
8286 * code in lisp-like languages than the traditional one; it's still
8287 * mostly heuristics however -- Dirk van Deun, dirk@rave.org
8288 *
8289 * TODO:
8290 * Findmatch() should be adapted for lisp, also to make showmatch
8291 * work correctly: now (v5.3) it seems all C/C++ oriented:
8292 * - it does not recognize the #\( and #\) notations as character literals
8293 * - it doesn't know about comments starting with a semicolon
8294 * - it incorrectly interprets '(' as a character literal
8295 * All this messes up get_lisp_indent in some rare cases.
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008296 * Update from Sergey Khorev:
8297 * I tried to fix the first two issues.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008298 */
8299 int
8300get_lisp_indent()
8301{
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008302 pos_T *pos, realpos, paren;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008303 int amount;
8304 char_u *that;
8305 colnr_T col;
8306 colnr_T firsttry;
8307 int parencount, quotecount;
8308 int vi_lisp;
8309
8310 /* Set vi_lisp to use the vi-compatible method */
8311 vi_lisp = (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISP) != NULL);
8312
8313 realpos = curwin->w_cursor;
8314 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
8315
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008316 if ((pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) == NULL)
8317 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8318 else
8319 {
8320 paren = *pos;
8321 pos = findmatch(NULL, '[');
8322 if (pos == NULL || ltp(pos, &paren))
8323 pos = &paren;
8324 }
8325 if (pos != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008326 {
8327 /* Extra trick: Take the indent of the first previous non-white
8328 * line that is at the same () level. */
8329 amount = -1;
8330 parencount = 0;
8331
8332 while (--curwin->w_cursor.lnum >= pos->lnum)
8333 {
8334 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
8335 continue;
8336 for (that = ml_get_curline(); *that != NUL; ++that)
8337 {
8338 if (*that == ';')
8339 {
8340 while (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8341 ++that;
8342 continue;
8343 }
8344 if (*that == '\\')
8345 {
8346 if (*(that + 1) != NUL)
8347 ++that;
8348 continue;
8349 }
8350 if (*that == '"' && *(that + 1) != NUL)
8351 {
Bram Moolenaar15ff6c12006-09-15 18:18:09 +00008352 while (*++that && *that != '"')
8353 {
8354 /* skipping escaped characters in the string */
8355 if (*that == '\\')
8356 {
8357 if (*++that == NUL)
8358 break;
8359 if (that[1] == NUL)
8360 {
8361 ++that;
8362 break;
8363 }
8364 }
8365 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008366 }
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008367 if (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008368 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008369 else if (*that == ')' || *that == ']')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008370 --parencount;
8371 }
8372 if (parencount == 0)
8373 {
8374 amount = get_indent();
8375 break;
8376 }
8377 }
8378
8379 if (amount == -1)
8380 {
8381 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
8382 curwin->w_cursor.col = pos->col;
8383 col = pos->col;
8384
8385 that = ml_get_curline();
8386
8387 if (vi_lisp && get_indent() == 0)
8388 amount = 2;
8389 else
8390 {
8391 amount = 0;
8392 while (*that && col)
8393 {
8394 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that, (colnr_T)amount);
8395 col--;
8396 }
8397
8398 /*
8399 * Some keywords require "body" indenting rules (the
8400 * non-standard-lisp ones are Scheme special forms):
8401 *
8402 * (let ((a 1)) instead (let ((a 1))
8403 * (...)) of (...))
8404 */
8405
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008406 if (!vi_lisp && (*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8407 && lisp_match(that + 1))
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008408 amount += 2;
8409 else
8410 {
8411 that++;
8412 amount++;
8413 firsttry = amount;
8414
8415 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8416 {
8417 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8418 ++that;
8419 }
8420
8421 if (*that && *that != ';') /* not a comment line */
8422 {
Bram Moolenaare21877a2008-02-13 09:58:14 +00008423 /* test *that != '(' to accommodate first let/do
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008424 * argument if it is more than one line */
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008425 if (!vi_lisp && *that != '(' && *that != '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008426 firsttry++;
8427
8428 parencount = 0;
8429 quotecount = 0;
8430
8431 if (vi_lisp
8432 || (*that != '"'
8433 && *that != '\''
8434 && *that != '#'
8435 && (*that < '0' || *that > '9')))
8436 {
8437 while (*that
8438 && (!vim_iswhite(*that)
8439 || quotecount
8440 || parencount)
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008441 && (!((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008442 && !quotecount
8443 && !parencount
8444 && vi_lisp)))
8445 {
8446 if (*that == '"')
8447 quotecount = !quotecount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008448 if ((*that == '(' || *that == '[')
8449 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008450 ++parencount;
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008451 if ((*that == ')' || *that == ']')
8452 && !quotecount)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008453 --parencount;
8454 if (*that == '\\' && *(that+1) != NUL)
8455 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8456 (colnr_T)amount);
8457 amount += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&that,
8458 (colnr_T)amount);
8459 }
8460 }
8461 while (vim_iswhite(*that))
8462 {
8463 amount += lbr_chartabsize(that, (colnr_T)amount);
8464 that++;
8465 }
8466 if (!*that || *that == ';')
8467 amount = firsttry;
8468 }
8469 }
8470 }
8471 }
8472 }
8473 else
Bram Moolenaar325b7a22004-07-05 15:58:32 +00008474 amount = 0; /* no matching '(' or '[' found, use zero indent */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008475
8476 curwin->w_cursor = realpos;
8477
8478 return amount;
8479}
8480#endif /* FEAT_LISP */
8481
8482 void
8483prepare_to_exit()
8484{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008485#if defined(SIGHUP) && defined(SIG_IGN)
8486 /* Ignore SIGHUP, because a dropped connection causes a read error, which
8487 * makes Vim exit and then handling SIGHUP causes various reentrance
8488 * problems. */
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00008489 signal(SIGHUP, SIG_IGN);
8490#endif
8491
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008492#ifdef FEAT_GUI
8493 if (gui.in_use)
8494 {
8495 gui.dying = TRUE;
8496 out_trash(); /* trash any pending output */
8497 }
8498 else
8499#endif
8500 {
8501 windgoto((int)Rows - 1, 0);
8502
8503 /*
8504 * Switch terminal mode back now, so messages end up on the "normal"
8505 * screen (if there are two screens).
8506 */
8507 settmode(TMODE_COOK);
8508#ifdef WIN3264
8509 if (can_end_termcap_mode(FALSE) == TRUE)
8510#endif
8511 stoptermcap();
8512 out_flush();
8513 }
8514}
8515
8516/*
8517 * Preserve files and exit.
8518 * When called IObuff must contain a message.
8519 */
8520 void
8521preserve_exit()
8522{
8523 buf_T *buf;
8524
8525 prepare_to_exit();
8526
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00008527 /* Setting this will prevent free() calls. That avoids calling free()
8528 * recursively when free() was invoked with a bad pointer. */
8529 really_exiting = TRUE;
8530
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008531 out_str(IObuff);
8532 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8533 out_flush();
8534
8535 ml_close_notmod(); /* close all not-modified buffers */
8536
8537 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
8538 {
8539 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL && buf->b_ml.ml_mfp->mf_fname != NULL)
8540 {
8541 OUT_STR(_("Vim: preserving files...\n"));
8542 screen_start(); /* don't know where cursor is now */
8543 out_flush();
8544 ml_sync_all(FALSE, FALSE); /* preserve all swap files */
8545 break;
8546 }
8547 }
8548
8549 ml_close_all(FALSE); /* close all memfiles, without deleting */
8550
8551 OUT_STR(_("Vim: Finished.\n"));
8552
8553 getout(1);
8554}
8555
8556/*
8557 * return TRUE if "fname" exists.
8558 */
8559 int
8560vim_fexists(fname)
8561 char_u *fname;
8562{
8563 struct stat st;
8564
8565 if (mch_stat((char *)fname, &st))
8566 return FALSE;
8567 return TRUE;
8568}
8569
8570/*
8571 * Check for CTRL-C pressed, but only once in a while.
8572 * Should be used instead of ui_breakcheck() for functions that check for
8573 * each line in the file. Calling ui_breakcheck() each time takes too much
8574 * time, because it can be a system call.
8575 */
8576
8577#ifndef BREAKCHECK_SKIP
8578# ifdef FEAT_GUI /* assume the GUI only runs on fast computers */
8579# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 200
8580# else
8581# define BREAKCHECK_SKIP 32
8582# endif
8583#endif
8584
8585static int breakcheck_count = 0;
8586
8587 void
8588line_breakcheck()
8589{
8590 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP)
8591 {
8592 breakcheck_count = 0;
8593 ui_breakcheck();
8594 }
8595}
8596
8597/*
8598 * Like line_breakcheck() but check 10 times less often.
8599 */
8600 void
8601fast_breakcheck()
8602{
8603 if (++breakcheck_count >= BREAKCHECK_SKIP * 10)
8604 {
8605 breakcheck_count = 0;
8606 ui_breakcheck();
8607 }
8608}
8609
8610/*
Bram Moolenaard7834d32009-12-02 16:14:36 +00008611 * Invoke expand_wildcards() for one pattern.
8612 * Expand items like "%:h" before the expansion.
8613 * Returns OK or FAIL.
8614 */
8615 int
8616expand_wildcards_eval(pat, num_file, file, flags)
8617 char_u **pat; /* pointer to input pattern */
8618 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8619 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8620 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8621{
8622 int ret = FAIL;
8623 char_u *eval_pat = NULL;
8624 char_u *exp_pat = *pat;
8625 char_u *ignored_msg;
8626 int usedlen;
8627
8628 if (*exp_pat == '%' || *exp_pat == '#' || *exp_pat == '<')
8629 {
8630 ++emsg_off;
8631 eval_pat = eval_vars(exp_pat, exp_pat, &usedlen,
8632 NULL, &ignored_msg, NULL);
8633 --emsg_off;
8634 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8635 exp_pat = concat_str(eval_pat, exp_pat + usedlen);
8636 }
8637
8638 if (exp_pat != NULL)
8639 ret = expand_wildcards(1, &exp_pat, num_file, file, flags);
8640
8641 if (eval_pat != NULL)
8642 {
8643 vim_free(exp_pat);
8644 vim_free(eval_pat);
8645 }
8646
8647 return ret;
8648}
8649
8650/*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008651 * Expand wildcards. Calls gen_expand_wildcards() and removes files matching
8652 * 'wildignore'.
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008653 * Returns OK or FAIL. When FAIL then "num_file" won't be set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008654 */
8655 int
8656expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
8657 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
8658 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
8659 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
8660 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
8661 int flags; /* EW_DIR, etc. */
8662{
8663 int retval;
8664 int i, j;
8665 char_u *p;
8666 int non_suf_match; /* number without matching suffix */
8667
8668 retval = gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
8669
8670 /* When keeping all matches, return here */
Bram Moolenaar9e193ac2010-07-19 23:11:27 +02008671 if ((flags & EW_KEEPALL) || retval == FAIL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008672 return retval;
8673
8674#ifdef FEAT_WILDIGN
8675 /*
8676 * Remove names that match 'wildignore'.
8677 */
8678 if (*p_wig)
8679 {
8680 char_u *ffname;
8681
8682 /* check all files in (*file)[] */
8683 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8684 {
8685 ffname = FullName_save((*file)[i], FALSE);
8686 if (ffname == NULL) /* out of memory */
8687 break;
8688# ifdef VMS
8689 vms_remove_version(ffname);
8690# endif
8691 if (match_file_list(p_wig, (*file)[i], ffname))
8692 {
8693 /* remove this matching file from the list */
8694 vim_free((*file)[i]);
8695 for (j = i; j + 1 < *num_file; ++j)
8696 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j + 1];
8697 --*num_file;
8698 --i;
8699 }
8700 vim_free(ffname);
8701 }
8702 }
8703#endif
8704
8705 /*
8706 * Move the names where 'suffixes' match to the end.
8707 */
8708 if (*num_file > 1)
8709 {
8710 non_suf_match = 0;
8711 for (i = 0; i < *num_file; ++i)
8712 {
8713 if (!match_suffix((*file)[i]))
8714 {
8715 /*
8716 * Move the name without matching suffix to the front
8717 * of the list.
8718 */
8719 p = (*file)[i];
8720 for (j = i; j > non_suf_match; --j)
8721 (*file)[j] = (*file)[j - 1];
8722 (*file)[non_suf_match++] = p;
8723 }
8724 }
8725 }
8726
8727 return retval;
8728}
8729
8730/*
8731 * Return TRUE if "fname" matches with an entry in 'suffixes'.
8732 */
8733 int
8734match_suffix(fname)
8735 char_u *fname;
8736{
8737 int fnamelen, setsuflen;
8738 char_u *setsuf;
8739#define MAXSUFLEN 30 /* maximum length of a file suffix */
8740 char_u suf_buf[MAXSUFLEN];
8741
8742 fnamelen = (int)STRLEN(fname);
8743 setsuflen = 0;
8744 for (setsuf = p_su; *setsuf; )
8745 {
8746 setsuflen = copy_option_part(&setsuf, suf_buf, MAXSUFLEN, ".,");
Bram Moolenaar055a2ba2009-07-14 19:40:21 +00008747 if (setsuflen == 0)
8748 {
8749 char_u *tail = gettail(fname);
8750
8751 /* empty entry: match name without a '.' */
8752 if (vim_strchr(tail, '.') == NULL)
8753 {
8754 setsuflen = 1;
8755 break;
8756 }
8757 }
8758 else
8759 {
8760 if (fnamelen >= setsuflen
8761 && fnamencmp(suf_buf, fname + fnamelen - setsuflen,
8762 (size_t)setsuflen) == 0)
8763 break;
8764 setsuflen = 0;
8765 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008766 }
8767 return (setsuflen != 0);
8768}
8769
8770#if !defined(NO_EXPANDPATH) || defined(PROTO)
8771
8772# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
8773static int vim_backtick __ARGS((char_u *p));
8774static int expand_backtick __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pat, int flags));
8775# endif
8776
8777# if defined(MSDOS) || defined(FEAT_GUI_W16) || defined(WIN3264)
8778/*
8779 * File name expansion code for MS-DOS, Win16 and Win32. It's here because
8780 * it's shared between these systems.
8781 */
8782# if defined(DJGPP) || defined(PROTO)
8783# define _cdecl /* DJGPP doesn't have this */
8784# else
8785# ifdef __BORLANDC__
8786# define _cdecl _RTLENTRYF
8787# endif
8788# endif
8789
8790/*
8791 * comparison function for qsort in dos_expandpath()
8792 */
8793 static int _cdecl
8794pstrcmp(const void *a, const void *b)
8795{
Bram Moolenaar1cd871b2004-12-19 22:46:22 +00008796 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008797}
8798
8799# ifndef WIN3264
8800 static void
8801namelowcpy(
8802 char_u *d,
8803 char_u *s)
8804{
8805# ifdef DJGPP
8806 if (USE_LONG_FNAME) /* don't lower case on Windows 95/NT systems */
8807 while (*s)
8808 *d++ = *s++;
8809 else
8810# endif
8811 while (*s)
8812 *d++ = TOLOWER_LOC(*s++);
8813 *d = NUL;
8814}
8815# endif
8816
8817/*
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008818 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
8819 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008820 * Return the number of matches found.
8821 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
8822 * at "path[wildoff]".
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008823 * Return the number of matches found.
8824 * NOTE: much of this is identical to unix_expandpath(), keep in sync!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008825 */
8826 static int
8827dos_expandpath(
8828 garray_T *gap,
8829 char_u *path,
8830 int wildoff,
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008831 int flags, /* EW_* flags */
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00008832 int didstar) /* expanded "**" once already */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008833{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008834 char_u *buf;
8835 char_u *path_end;
8836 char_u *p, *s, *e;
8837 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
8838 char_u *pat;
8839 regmatch_T regmatch;
8840 int starts_with_dot;
8841 int matches;
8842 int len;
8843 int starstar = FALSE;
8844 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008845#ifdef WIN3264
8846 WIN32_FIND_DATA fb;
8847 HANDLE hFind = (HANDLE)0;
8848# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8849 WIN32_FIND_DATAW wfb;
8850 WCHAR *wn = NULL; /* UCS-2 name, NULL when not used. */
8851# endif
8852#else
8853 struct ffblk fb;
8854#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008855 char_u *matchname;
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008856 int ok;
8857
8858 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
8859 if (stardepth > 0)
8860 {
8861 ui_breakcheck();
8862 if (got_int)
8863 return 0;
8864 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008865
8866 /* make room for file name */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008867 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008868 if (buf == NULL)
8869 return 0;
8870
8871 /*
8872 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard or a ~1.
8873 * Copy it into buf, including the preceding characters.
8874 */
8875 p = buf;
8876 s = buf;
8877 e = NULL;
8878 path_end = path;
8879 while (*path_end != NUL)
8880 {
8881 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
8882 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
8883 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
8884 *p++ = *path_end++;
8885 else if (*path_end == '\\' || *path_end == ':' || *path_end == '/')
8886 {
8887 if (e != NULL)
8888 break;
8889 s = p + 1;
8890 }
8891 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
8892 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[~", *path_end) != NULL)
8893 e = p;
8894#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8895 if (has_mbyte)
8896 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00008897 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008898 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
8899 p += len;
8900 path_end += len;
8901 }
8902 else
8903#endif
8904 *p++ = *path_end++;
8905 }
8906 e = p;
8907 *e = NUL;
8908
8909 /* now we have one wildcard component between s and e */
8910 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
8911 * component. */
8912 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
8913 if (rem_backslash(p))
8914 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00008915 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008916 --e;
8917 --s;
8918 }
8919
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008920 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
8921 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
8922 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
8923 starstar = TRUE;
8924
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008925 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
8926 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
8927 if (pat == NULL)
8928 {
8929 vim_free(buf);
8930 return 0;
8931 }
8932
8933 /* compile the regexp into a program */
8934 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
8935 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
8936 vim_free(pat);
8937
8938 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
8939 {
8940 vim_free(buf);
8941 return 0;
8942 }
8943
8944 /* remember the pattern or file name being looked for */
8945 matchname = vim_strsave(s);
8946
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00008947 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
8948 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
8949 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
8950 && *path_end == '/')
8951 {
8952 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
8953 ++stardepth;
8954 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
8955 --stardepth;
8956 }
8957
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008958 /* Scan all files in the directory with "dir/ *.*" */
8959 STRCPY(s, "*.*");
8960#ifdef WIN3264
8961# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8962 if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
8963 {
8964 /* The active codepage differs from 'encoding'. Attempt using the
8965 * wide function. If it fails because it is not implemented fall back
8966 * to the non-wide version (for Windows 98) */
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008967 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008968 if (wn != NULL)
8969 {
8970 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
8971 if (hFind == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
8972 && GetLastError() == ERROR_CALL_NOT_IMPLEMENTED)
8973 {
8974 vim_free(wn);
8975 wn = NULL;
8976 }
8977 }
8978 }
8979
8980 if (wn == NULL)
8981# endif
8982 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
8983 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
8984#else
8985 /* If we are expanding wildcards we try both files and directories */
8986 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
8987 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
8988#endif
8989
8990 while (ok)
8991 {
8992#ifdef WIN3264
8993# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
8994 if (wn != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00008995 p = utf16_to_enc(wfb.cFileName, NULL); /* p is allocated here */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00008996 else
8997# endif
8998 p = (char_u *)fb.cFileName;
8999#else
9000 p = (char_u *)fb.ff_name;
9001#endif
9002 /* Ignore entries starting with a dot, unless when asked for. Accept
9003 * all entries found with "matchname". */
9004 if ((p[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9005 && (matchname == NULL
9006 || vim_regexec(&regmatch, p, (colnr_T)0)))
9007 {
9008#ifdef WIN3264
9009 STRCPY(s, p);
9010#else
9011 namelowcpy(s, p);
9012#endif
9013 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009014
9015 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9016 {
9017 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9018 * find matches. */
9019 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9020 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9021 ++stardepth;
9022 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9023 --stardepth;
9024 }
9025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009026 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9027 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end))
9028 {
9029 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9030 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009031 (void)dos_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009032 }
9033 else
9034 {
9035 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9036 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9037 if (*path_end != 0)
9038 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9039 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9040 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9041 }
9042 }
9043
9044#ifdef WIN3264
9045# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9046 if (wn != NULL)
9047 {
9048 vim_free(p);
9049 ok = FindNextFileW(hFind, &wfb);
9050 }
9051 else
9052# endif
9053 ok = FindNextFile(hFind, &fb);
9054#else
9055 ok = (findnext(&fb) == 0);
9056#endif
9057
9058 /* If no more matches and no match was used, try expanding the name
9059 * itself. Finds the long name of a short filename. */
9060 if (!ok && matchname != NULL && gap->ga_len == start_len)
9061 {
9062 STRCPY(s, matchname);
9063#ifdef WIN3264
9064 FindClose(hFind);
9065# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9066 if (wn != NULL)
9067 {
9068 vim_free(wn);
Bram Moolenaar36f692d2008-11-20 16:10:17 +00009069 wn = enc_to_utf16(buf, NULL);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009070 if (wn != NULL)
9071 hFind = FindFirstFileW(wn, &wfb);
9072 }
9073 if (wn == NULL)
9074# endif
9075 hFind = FindFirstFile(buf, &fb);
9076 ok = (hFind != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE);
9077#else
9078 ok = (findfirst((char *)buf, &fb,
9079 (*path_end != NUL || (flags & EW_DIR)) ? FA_DIREC : 0) == 0);
9080#endif
9081 vim_free(matchname);
9082 matchname = NULL;
9083 }
9084 }
9085
9086#ifdef WIN3264
9087 FindClose(hFind);
9088# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9089 vim_free(wn);
9090# endif
9091#endif
9092 vim_free(buf);
9093 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9094 vim_free(matchname);
9095
9096 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9097 if (matches > 0)
9098 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, (size_t)matches,
9099 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9100 return matches;
9101}
9102
9103 int
9104mch_expandpath(
9105 garray_T *gap,
9106 char_u *path,
9107 int flags) /* EW_* flags */
9108{
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009109 return dos_expandpath(gap, path, 0, flags, FALSE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009110}
9111# endif /* MSDOS || FEAT_GUI_W16 || WIN3264 */
9112
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009113#if (defined(UNIX) && !defined(VMS)) || defined(USE_UNIXFILENAME) \
9114 || defined(PROTO)
9115/*
9116 * Unix style wildcard expansion code.
9117 * It's here because it's used both for Unix and Mac.
9118 */
9119static int pstrcmp __ARGS((const void *, const void *));
9120
9121 static int
9122pstrcmp(a, b)
9123 const void *a, *b;
9124{
9125 return (pathcmp(*(char **)a, *(char **)b, -1));
9126}
9127
9128/*
9129 * Recursively expand one path component into all matching files and/or
9130 * directories. Adds matches to "gap". Handles "*", "?", "[a-z]", "**", etc.
9131 * "path" has backslashes before chars that are not to be expanded, starting
9132 * at "path + wildoff".
9133 * Return the number of matches found.
9134 * NOTE: much of this is identical to dos_expandpath(), keep in sync!
9135 */
9136 int
9137unix_expandpath(gap, path, wildoff, flags, didstar)
9138 garray_T *gap;
9139 char_u *path;
9140 int wildoff;
9141 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9142 int didstar; /* expanded "**" once already */
9143{
9144 char_u *buf;
9145 char_u *path_end;
9146 char_u *p, *s, *e;
9147 int start_len = gap->ga_len;
9148 char_u *pat;
9149 regmatch_T regmatch;
9150 int starts_with_dot;
9151 int matches;
9152 int len;
9153 int starstar = FALSE;
9154 static int stardepth = 0; /* depth for "**" expansion */
9155
9156 DIR *dirp;
9157 struct dirent *dp;
9158
9159 /* Expanding "**" may take a long time, check for CTRL-C. */
9160 if (stardepth > 0)
9161 {
9162 ui_breakcheck();
9163 if (got_int)
9164 return 0;
9165 }
9166
9167 /* make room for file name */
9168 buf = alloc((int)STRLEN(path) + BASENAMELEN + 5);
9169 if (buf == NULL)
9170 return 0;
9171
9172 /*
9173 * Find the first part in the path name that contains a wildcard.
9174 * Copy it into "buf", including the preceding characters.
9175 */
9176 p = buf;
9177 s = buf;
9178 e = NULL;
9179 path_end = path;
9180 while (*path_end != NUL)
9181 {
9182 /* May ignore a wildcard that has a backslash before it; it will
9183 * be removed by rem_backslash() or file_pat_to_reg_pat() below. */
9184 if (path_end >= path + wildoff && rem_backslash(path_end))
9185 *p++ = *path_end++;
9186 else if (*path_end == '/')
9187 {
9188 if (e != NULL)
9189 break;
9190 s = p + 1;
9191 }
9192 else if (path_end >= path + wildoff
9193 && vim_strchr((char_u *)"*?[{~$", *path_end) != NULL)
9194 e = p;
9195#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
9196 if (has_mbyte)
9197 {
Bram Moolenaar0fa313a2005-08-10 21:07:57 +00009198 len = (*mb_ptr2len)(path_end);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009199 STRNCPY(p, path_end, len);
9200 p += len;
9201 path_end += len;
9202 }
9203 else
9204#endif
9205 *p++ = *path_end++;
9206 }
9207 e = p;
9208 *e = NUL;
9209
9210 /* now we have one wildcard component between "s" and "e" */
9211 /* Remove backslashes between "wildoff" and the start of the wildcard
9212 * component. */
9213 for (p = buf + wildoff; p < s; ++p)
9214 if (rem_backslash(p))
9215 {
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00009216 STRMOVE(p, p + 1);
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009217 --e;
9218 --s;
9219 }
9220
9221 /* Check for "**" between "s" and "e". */
9222 for (p = s; p < e; ++p)
9223 if (p[0] == '*' && p[1] == '*')
9224 starstar = TRUE;
9225
9226 /* convert the file pattern to a regexp pattern */
9227 starts_with_dot = (*s == '.');
9228 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(s, e, NULL, FALSE);
9229 if (pat == NULL)
9230 {
9231 vim_free(buf);
9232 return 0;
9233 }
9234
9235 /* compile the regexp into a program */
Bram Moolenaarcc016f52005-12-10 20:23:46 +00009236#ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009237 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Behave like Terminal.app */
9238#else
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009239 if (flags & EW_ICASE)
9240 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* 'wildignorecase' set */
9241 else
9242 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Don't ignore case */
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009243#endif
9244 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC);
9245 vim_free(pat);
9246
9247 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
9248 {
9249 vim_free(buf);
9250 return 0;
9251 }
9252
9253 /* If "**" is by itself, this is the first time we encounter it and more
9254 * is following then find matches without any directory. */
9255 if (!didstar && stardepth < 100 && starstar && e - s == 2
9256 && *path_end == '/')
9257 {
9258 STRCPY(s, path_end + 1);
9259 ++stardepth;
9260 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, (int)(s - buf), flags, TRUE);
9261 --stardepth;
9262 }
9263
9264 /* open the directory for scanning */
9265 *s = NUL;
9266 dirp = opendir(*buf == NUL ? "." : (char *)buf);
9267
9268 /* Find all matching entries */
9269 if (dirp != NULL)
9270 {
9271 for (;;)
9272 {
9273 dp = readdir(dirp);
9274 if (dp == NULL)
9275 break;
9276 if ((dp->d_name[0] != '.' || starts_with_dot)
9277 && vim_regexec(&regmatch, (char_u *)dp->d_name, (colnr_T)0))
9278 {
9279 STRCPY(s, dp->d_name);
9280 len = STRLEN(buf);
9281
9282 if (starstar && stardepth < 100)
9283 {
9284 /* For "**" in the pattern first go deeper in the tree to
9285 * find matches. */
9286 STRCPY(buf + len, "/**");
9287 STRCPY(buf + len + 3, path_end);
9288 ++stardepth;
9289 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, TRUE);
9290 --stardepth;
9291 }
9292
9293 STRCPY(buf + len, path_end);
9294 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(path_end)) /* handle more wildcards */
9295 {
9296 /* need to expand another component of the path */
9297 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9298 (void)unix_expandpath(gap, buf, len + 1, flags, FALSE);
9299 }
9300 else
9301 {
9302 /* no more wildcards, check if there is a match */
9303 /* remove backslashes for the remaining components only */
9304 if (*path_end != NUL)
9305 backslash_halve(buf + len + 1);
9306 if (mch_getperm(buf) >= 0) /* add existing file */
9307 {
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009308#ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009309 size_t precomp_len = STRLEN(buf)+1;
9310 char_u *precomp_buf =
9311 mac_precompose_path(buf, precomp_len, &precomp_len);
Bram Moolenaar95e9b492006-03-15 23:04:43 +00009312
Bram Moolenaar231334e2005-07-25 20:46:57 +00009313 if (precomp_buf)
9314 {
9315 mch_memmove(buf, precomp_buf, precomp_len);
9316 vim_free(precomp_buf);
9317 }
9318#endif
9319 addfile(gap, buf, flags);
9320 }
9321 }
9322 }
9323 }
9324
9325 closedir(dirp);
9326 }
9327
9328 vim_free(buf);
9329 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
9330
9331 matches = gap->ga_len - start_len;
9332 if (matches > 0)
9333 qsort(((char_u **)gap->ga_data) + start_len, matches,
9334 sizeof(char_u *), pstrcmp);
9335 return matches;
9336}
9337#endif
9338
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009339#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9340static int find_previous_pathsep __ARGS((char_u *path, char_u **psep));
9341static int is_unique __ARGS((char_u *maybe_unique, garray_T *gap, int i));
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009342static void expand_path_option __ARGS((char_u *curdir, garray_T *gap));
9343static char_u *get_path_cutoff __ARGS((char_u *fname, garray_T *gap));
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009344static void uniquefy_paths __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern));
9345static int expand_in_path __ARGS((garray_T *gap, char_u *pattern, int flags));
9346
9347/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009348 * Moves "*psep" back to the previous path separator in "path".
9349 * Returns FAIL is "*psep" ends up at the beginning of "path".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009350 */
9351 static int
9352find_previous_pathsep(path, psep)
9353 char_u *path;
9354 char_u **psep;
9355{
9356 /* skip the current separator */
9357 if (*psep > path && vim_ispathsep(**psep))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009358 --*psep;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009359
9360 /* find the previous separator */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009361 while (*psep > path)
9362 {
9363 if (vim_ispathsep(**psep))
9364 return OK;
9365 mb_ptr_back(path, *psep);
9366 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009367
9368 return FAIL;
9369}
9370
9371/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009372 * Returns TRUE if "maybe_unique" is unique wrt other_paths in "gap".
9373 * "maybe_unique" is the end portion of "((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[i]".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009374 */
9375 static int
9376is_unique(maybe_unique, gap, i)
9377 char_u *maybe_unique;
9378 garray_T *gap;
9379 int i;
9380{
9381 int j;
9382 int candidate_len;
9383 int other_path_len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009384 char_u **other_paths = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009385 char_u *rival;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009386
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009387 for (j = 0; j < gap->ga_len; j++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009388 {
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009389 if (j == i)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009390 continue; /* don't compare it with itself */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009391
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009392 candidate_len = (int)STRLEN(maybe_unique);
9393 other_path_len = (int)STRLEN(other_paths[j]);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009394 if (other_path_len < candidate_len)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009395 continue; /* it's different when it's shorter */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009396
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009397 rival = other_paths[j] + other_path_len - candidate_len;
Bram Moolenaarda9836c2010-08-16 21:53:27 +02009398 if (fnamecmp(maybe_unique, rival) == 0
9399 && (rival == other_paths[j] || vim_ispathsep(*(rival - 1))))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009400 return FALSE; /* match */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009401 }
9402
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009403 return TRUE; /* no match found */
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009404}
9405
9406/*
Bram Moolenaar1a509df2010-08-01 17:59:57 +02009407 * Split the 'path' option into an array of strings in garray_T. Relative
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009408 * paths are expanded to their equivalent fullpath. This includes the "."
9409 * (relative to current buffer directory) and empty path (relative to current
9410 * directory) notations.
9411 *
9412 * TODO: handle upward search (;) and path limiter (**N) notations by
9413 * expanding each into their equivalent path(s).
9414 */
9415 static void
9416expand_path_option(curdir, gap)
9417 char_u *curdir;
9418 garray_T *gap;
9419{
9420 char_u *path_option = *curbuf->b_p_path == NUL
9421 ? p_path : curbuf->b_p_path;
9422 char_u *buf;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009423 char_u *p;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009424 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009425
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009426 if ((buf = alloc((int)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009427 return;
9428
9429 while (*path_option != NUL)
9430 {
9431 copy_option_part(&path_option, buf, MAXPATHL, " ,");
9432
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009433 if (buf[0] == '.' && (buf[1] == NUL || vim_ispathsep(buf[1])))
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009434 {
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009435 /* Relative to current buffer:
9436 * "/path/file" + "." -> "/path/"
9437 * "/path/file" + "./subdir" -> "/path/subdir" */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009438 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
9439 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009440 p = gettail(curbuf->b_ffname);
9441 len = (int)(p - curbuf->b_ffname);
9442 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) >= MAXPATHL)
9443 continue;
9444 if (buf[1] == NUL)
9445 buf[len] = NUL;
9446 else
9447 STRMOVE(buf + len, buf + 2);
9448 mch_memmove(buf, curbuf->b_ffname, len);
9449 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009450 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009451 else if (buf[0] == NUL)
9452 /* relative to current directory */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009453 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009454 else if (path_with_url(buf))
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009455 /* URL can't be used here */
Bram Moolenaar84f888a2010-08-05 21:40:16 +02009456 continue;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009457 else if (!mch_isFullName(buf))
9458 {
9459 /* Expand relative path to their full path equivalent */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009460 len = (int)STRLEN(curdir);
9461 if (len + (int)STRLEN(buf) + 3 > MAXPATHL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009462 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009463 STRMOVE(buf + len + 1, buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009464 STRCPY(buf, curdir);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009465 buf[len] = PATHSEP;
Bram Moolenaar57adda12010-08-03 22:11:29 +02009466 simplify_filename(buf);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009467 }
9468
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009469 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
9470 break;
9471 p = vim_strsave(buf);
9472 if (p == NULL)
9473 break;
9474 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009475 }
9476
9477 vim_free(buf);
9478}
9479
9480/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009481 * Returns a pointer to the file or directory name in "fname" that matches the
9482 * longest path in "ga"p, or NULL if there is no match. For example:
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009483 *
9484 * path: /foo/bar/baz
9485 * fname: /foo/bar/baz/quux.txt
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009486 * returns: ^this
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009487 */
9488 static char_u *
9489get_path_cutoff(fname, gap)
9490 char_u *fname;
9491 garray_T *gap;
9492{
9493 int i;
9494 int maxlen = 0;
9495 char_u **path_part = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9496 char_u *cutoff = NULL;
9497
9498 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9499 {
9500 int j = 0;
9501
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009502 while ((fname[j] == path_part[i][j]
Bram Moolenaar2d7c47d2010-08-10 19:50:26 +02009503# if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009504 || (vim_ispathsep(fname[j]) && vim_ispathsep(path_part[i][j]))
9505#endif
9506 ) && fname[j] != NUL && path_part[i][j] != NUL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009507 j++;
9508 if (j > maxlen)
9509 {
9510 maxlen = j;
9511 cutoff = &fname[j];
9512 }
9513 }
9514
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009515 /* skip to the file or directory name */
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009516 if (cutoff != NULL)
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009517 while (vim_ispathsep(*cutoff))
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009518 mb_ptr_adv(cutoff);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009519
9520 return cutoff;
9521}
9522
9523/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009524 * Sorts, removes duplicates and modifies all the fullpath names in "gap" so
9525 * that they are unique with respect to each other while conserving the part
9526 * that matches the pattern. Beware, this is at least O(n^2) wrt "gap->ga_len".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009527 */
9528 static void
9529uniquefy_paths(gap, pattern)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009530 garray_T *gap;
9531 char_u *pattern;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009532{
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009533 int i;
9534 int len;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009535 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009536 int sort_again = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009537 char_u *pat;
9538 char_u *file_pattern;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009539 char_u *curdir;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009540 regmatch_T regmatch;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009541 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009542 char_u **in_curdir = NULL;
9543 char_u *short_name;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009544
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009545 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009546 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009547
9548 /*
9549 * We need to prepend a '*' at the beginning of file_pattern so that the
9550 * regex matches anywhere in the path. FIXME: is this valid for all
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009551 * possible patterns?
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009552 */
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009553 len = (int)STRLEN(pattern);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009554 file_pattern = alloc(len + 2);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009555 if (file_pattern == NULL)
9556 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009557 file_pattern[0] = '*';
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009558 file_pattern[1] = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009559 STRCAT(file_pattern, pattern);
9560 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(file_pattern, NULL, NULL, TRUE);
9561 vim_free(file_pattern);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009562 if (pat == NULL)
9563 return;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009564
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009565 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* always ignore case */
9566 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
9567 vim_free(pat);
9568 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009569 return;
9570
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009571 if ((curdir = alloc((int)(MAXPATHL))) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009572 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009573 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009574 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009575
9576 in_curdir = (char_u **)alloc_clear(gap->ga_len * sizeof(char_u *));
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009577 if (in_curdir == NULL)
9578 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009579
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009580 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009581 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009582 char_u *path = fnames[i];
9583 int is_in_curdir;
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009584 char_u *dir_end = gettail_dir(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009585 char_u *pathsep_p;
9586 char_u *path_cutoff;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009587
Bram Moolenaar624c7aa2010-07-16 20:38:52 +02009588 len = (int)STRLEN(path);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009589 is_in_curdir = fnamencmp(curdir, path, dir_end - path) == 0
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009590 && curdir[dir_end - path] == NUL;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009591 if (is_in_curdir)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009592 in_curdir[i] = vim_strsave(path);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009593
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009594 /* Shorten the filename while maintaining its uniqueness */
9595 path_cutoff = get_path_cutoff(path, &path_ga);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009596
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009597 /* we start at the end of the path */
9598 pathsep_p = path + len - 1;
9599
9600 while (find_previous_pathsep(path, &pathsep_p))
9601 if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, pathsep_p + 1, (colnr_T)0)
9602 && is_unique(pathsep_p + 1, gap, i)
9603 && path_cutoff != NULL && pathsep_p + 1 >= path_cutoff)
9604 {
9605 sort_again = TRUE;
9606 mch_memmove(path, pathsep_p + 1, STRLEN(pathsep_p));
9607 break;
9608 }
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009609
9610 if (mch_isFullName(path))
9611 {
9612 /*
9613 * Last resort: shorten relative to curdir if possible.
9614 * 'possible' means:
9615 * 1. It is under the current directory.
9616 * 2. The result is actually shorter than the original.
9617 *
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009618 * Before curdir After
9619 * /foo/bar/file.txt /foo/bar ./file.txt
9620 * c:\foo\bar\file.txt c:\foo\bar .\file.txt
9621 * /file.txt / /file.txt
9622 * c:\file.txt c:\ .\file.txt
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009623 */
9624 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009625 if (short_name != NULL && short_name > path + 1
9626#if defined(MSWIN) || defined(MSDOS)
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009627 /* On windows,
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009628 * shorten_fname("c:\a\a.txt", "c:\a\b")
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009629 * returns "\a\a.txt", which is not really the short
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009630 * name, hence: */
Bram Moolenaar31710262010-08-13 13:36:15 +02009631 && !vim_ispathsep(*short_name)
9632#endif
9633 )
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009634 {
9635 STRCPY(path, ".");
9636 add_pathsep(path);
Bram Moolenaarcda000e2010-08-14 13:34:39 +02009637 STRMOVE(path + STRLEN(path), short_name);
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009638 }
9639 }
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009640 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009641 }
9642
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009643 /* Shorten filenames in /in/current/directory/{filename} */
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009644 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len && !got_int; i++)
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009645 {
9646 char_u *rel_path;
9647 char_u *path = in_curdir[i];
9648
9649 if (path == NULL)
9650 continue;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009651
9652 /* If the {filename} is not unique, change it to ./{filename}.
9653 * Else reduce it to {filename} */
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009654 short_name = shorten_fname(path, curdir);
9655 if (short_name == NULL)
9656 short_name = path;
9657 if (is_unique(short_name, gap, i))
9658 {
9659 STRCPY(fnames[i], short_name);
9660 continue;
9661 }
9662
9663 rel_path = alloc((int)(STRLEN(short_name) + STRLEN(PATHSEPSTR) + 2));
9664 if (rel_path == NULL)
9665 goto theend;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009666 STRCPY(rel_path, ".");
9667 add_pathsep(rel_path);
9668 STRCAT(rel_path, short_name);
9669
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009670 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9671 fnames[i] = rel_path;
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009672 sort_again = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009673 ui_breakcheck();
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009674 }
9675
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009676theend:
9677 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009678 if (in_curdir != NULL)
9679 {
9680 for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
9681 vim_free(in_curdir[i]);
9682 vim_free(in_curdir);
9683 }
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009684 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
Bram Moolenaarb31e4382010-07-24 16:01:56 +02009685 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009686
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009687 if (sort_again)
Bram Moolenaarcb9d45c2010-07-20 18:10:15 +02009688 remove_duplicates(gap);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009689}
9690
9691/*
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009692 * Calls globpath() with 'path' values for the given pattern and stores the
9693 * result in "gap".
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009694 * Returns the total number of matches.
9695 */
9696 static int
9697expand_in_path(gap, pattern, flags)
9698 garray_T *gap;
9699 char_u *pattern;
9700 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9701{
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009702 char_u *curdir;
9703 garray_T path_ga;
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009704 char_u *files = NULL;
9705 char_u *s; /* start */
9706 char_u *e; /* end */
9707 char_u *paths = NULL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009708
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009709 if ((curdir = alloc((unsigned)MAXPATHL)) == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009710 return 0;
9711 mch_dirname(curdir, MAXPATHL);
9712
Bram Moolenaar0be992e2010-08-12 21:50:51 +02009713 ga_init2(&path_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 1);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009714 expand_path_option(curdir, &path_ga);
9715 vim_free(curdir);
Bram Moolenaar006d2b02010-08-04 12:39:44 +02009716 if (path_ga.ga_len == 0)
9717 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009718
9719 paths = ga_concat_strings(&path_ga);
9720 ga_clear_strings(&path_ga);
9721 if (paths == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar7f0f6212010-08-03 22:21:00 +02009722 return 0;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009723
Bram Moolenaar94950a92010-12-02 16:01:29 +01009724 files = globpath(paths, pattern, (flags & EW_ICASE) ? WILD_ICASE : 0);
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009725 vim_free(paths);
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009726 if (files == NULL)
9727 return 0;
9728
9729 /* Copy each path in files into gap */
9730 s = e = files;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009731 while (*s != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009732 {
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009733 while (*e != '\n' && *e != NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009734 e++;
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009735 if (*e == NUL)
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009736 {
9737 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9738 break;
9739 }
9740 else
9741 {
9742 /* *e is '\n' */
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +02009743 *e = NUL;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009744 addfile(gap, s, flags);
9745 e++;
9746 s = e;
9747 }
9748 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009749 vim_free(files);
9750
Bram Moolenaarbdc975c2010-08-02 21:33:37 +02009751 return gap->ga_len;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009752}
9753#endif
9754
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009755#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH) || defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
9756/*
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009757 * Sort "gap" and remove duplicate entries. "gap" is expected to contain a
9758 * list of file names in allocated memory.
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009759 */
9760 void
9761remove_duplicates(gap)
9762 garray_T *gap;
9763{
9764 int i;
9765 int j;
9766 char_u **fnames = (char_u **)gap->ga_data;
9767
Bram Moolenaardc685ab2010-08-13 21:16:49 +02009768 sort_strings(fnames, gap->ga_len);
Bram Moolenaar1587a1e2010-07-29 20:59:59 +02009769 for (i = gap->ga_len - 1; i > 0; --i)
9770 if (fnamecmp(fnames[i - 1], fnames[i]) == 0)
9771 {
9772 vim_free(fnames[i]);
9773 for (j = i + 1; j < gap->ga_len; ++j)
9774 fnames[j - 1] = fnames[j];
9775 --gap->ga_len;
9776 }
9777}
9778#endif
9779
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009780/*
9781 * Generic wildcard expansion code.
9782 *
9783 * Characters in "pat" that should not be expanded must be preceded with a
9784 * backslash. E.g., "/path\ with\ spaces/my\*star*"
9785 *
9786 * Return FAIL when no single file was found. In this case "num_file" is not
9787 * set, and "file" may contain an error message.
9788 * Return OK when some files found. "num_file" is set to the number of
9789 * matches, "file" to the array of matches. Call FreeWild() later.
9790 */
9791 int
9792gen_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags)
9793 int num_pat; /* number of input patterns */
9794 char_u **pat; /* array of input patterns */
9795 int *num_file; /* resulting number of files */
9796 char_u ***file; /* array of resulting files */
9797 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9798{
9799 int i;
9800 garray_T ga;
9801 char_u *p;
9802 static int recursive = FALSE;
9803 int add_pat;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009804#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
9805 int did_expand_in_path = FALSE;
9806#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009807
9808 /*
9809 * expand_env() is called to expand things like "~user". If this fails,
9810 * it calls ExpandOne(), which brings us back here. In this case, always
9811 * call the machine specific expansion function, if possible. Otherwise,
9812 * return FAIL.
9813 */
9814 if (recursive)
9815#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9816 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9817#else
9818 return FAIL;
9819#endif
9820
9821#ifdef SPECIAL_WILDCHAR
9822 /*
9823 * If there are any special wildcard characters which we cannot handle
9824 * here, call machine specific function for all the expansion. This
9825 * avoids starting the shell for each argument separately.
9826 * For `=expr` do use the internal function.
9827 */
9828 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; i++)
9829 {
9830 if (vim_strpbrk(pat[i], (char_u *)SPECIAL_WILDCHAR) != NULL
9831# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9832 && !(vim_backtick(pat[i]) && pat[i][1] == '=')
9833# endif
9834 )
9835 return mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file, flags);
9836 }
9837#endif
9838
9839 recursive = TRUE;
9840
9841 /*
9842 * The matching file names are stored in a growarray. Init it empty.
9843 */
9844 ga_init2(&ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 30);
9845
9846 for (i = 0; i < num_pat; ++i)
9847 {
9848 add_pat = -1;
9849 p = pat[i];
9850
9851#ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9852 if (vim_backtick(p))
9853 add_pat = expand_backtick(&ga, p, flags);
9854 else
9855#endif
9856 {
9857 /*
9858 * First expand environment variables, "~/" and "~user/".
9859 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009860 if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009861 {
Bram Moolenaar9f0545d2007-09-26 20:36:32 +00009862 p = expand_env_save_opt(p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009863 if (p == NULL)
9864 p = pat[i];
9865#ifdef UNIX
9866 /*
9867 * On Unix, if expand_env() can't expand an environment
9868 * variable, use the shell to do that. Discard previously
9869 * found file names and start all over again.
9870 */
Bram Moolenaar9bc040c2010-08-11 22:05:57 +02009871 else if (vim_strchr(p, '$') != NULL || *p == '~')
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009872 {
9873 vim_free(p);
Bram Moolenaar782027e2009-06-24 14:25:49 +00009874 ga_clear_strings(&ga);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009875 i = mch_expand_wildcards(num_pat, pat, num_file, file,
9876 flags);
9877 recursive = FALSE;
9878 return i;
9879 }
9880#endif
9881 }
9882
9883 /*
9884 * If there are wildcards: Expand file names and add each match to
9885 * the list. If there is no match, and EW_NOTFOUND is given, add
9886 * the pattern.
9887 * If there are no wildcards: Add the file name if it exists or
9888 * when EW_NOTFOUND is given.
9889 */
9890 if (mch_has_exp_wildcard(p))
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009891 {
9892#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009893 if ((flags & EW_PATH)
9894 && !mch_isFullName(p)
9895 && !(p[0] == '.'
9896 && (vim_ispathsep(p[1])
9897 || (p[1] == '.' && vim_ispathsep(p[2]))))
9898 )
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009899 {
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009900 /* :find completion where 'path' is used.
9901 * Recursiveness is OK here. */
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009902 recursive = FALSE;
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009903 add_pat = expand_in_path(&ga, p, flags);
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009904 recursive = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009905 did_expand_in_path = TRUE;
Bram Moolenaar80a7dcf2010-08-04 17:07:20 +02009906 }
Bram Moolenaarcc448b32010-07-14 16:52:17 +02009907 else
9908#endif
9909 add_pat = mch_expandpath(&ga, p, flags);
9910 }
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009911 }
9912
9913 if (add_pat == -1 || (add_pat == 0 && (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)))
9914 {
9915 char_u *t = backslash_halve_save(p);
9916
9917#if defined(MACOS_CLASSIC)
9918 slash_to_colon(t);
9919#endif
9920 /* When EW_NOTFOUND is used, always add files and dirs. Makes
9921 * "vim c:/" work. */
9922 if (flags & EW_NOTFOUND)
9923 addfile(&ga, t, flags | EW_DIR | EW_FILE);
9924 else if (mch_getperm(t) >= 0)
9925 addfile(&ga, t, flags);
9926 vim_free(t);
9927 }
9928
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009929#if defined(FEAT_SEARCHPATH)
Bram Moolenaard732f9a2010-08-15 13:29:11 +02009930 if (did_expand_in_path && ga.ga_len > 0 && (flags & EW_PATH))
Bram Moolenaarb28ebbc2010-07-14 16:59:57 +02009931 uniquefy_paths(&ga, p);
9932#endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009933 if (p != pat[i])
9934 vim_free(p);
9935 }
9936
9937 *num_file = ga.ga_len;
9938 *file = (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? (char_u **)ga.ga_data : (char_u **)"";
9939
9940 recursive = FALSE;
9941
9942 return (ga.ga_data != NULL) ? OK : FAIL;
9943}
9944
9945# ifdef VIM_BACKTICK
9946
9947/*
9948 * Return TRUE if we can expand this backtick thing here.
9949 */
9950 static int
9951vim_backtick(p)
9952 char_u *p;
9953{
9954 return (*p == '`' && *(p + 1) != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == '`');
9955}
9956
9957/*
9958 * Expand an item in `backticks` by executing it as a command.
9959 * Currently only works when pat[] starts and ends with a `.
9960 * Returns number of file names found.
9961 */
9962 static int
9963expand_backtick(gap, pat, flags)
9964 garray_T *gap;
9965 char_u *pat;
9966 int flags; /* EW_* flags */
9967{
9968 char_u *p;
9969 char_u *cmd;
9970 char_u *buffer;
9971 int cnt = 0;
9972 int i;
9973
9974 /* Create the command: lop off the backticks. */
9975 cmd = vim_strnsave(pat + 1, (int)STRLEN(pat) - 2);
9976 if (cmd == NULL)
9977 return 0;
9978
9979#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
9980 if (*cmd == '=') /* `={expr}`: Expand expression */
Bram Moolenaar362e1a32006-03-06 23:29:24 +00009981 buffer = eval_to_string(cmd + 1, &p, TRUE);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009982 else
9983#endif
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00009984 buffer = get_cmd_output(cmd, NULL,
9985 (flags & EW_SILENT) ? SHELL_SILENT : 0);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00009986 vim_free(cmd);
9987 if (buffer == NULL)
9988 return 0;
9989
9990 cmd = buffer;
9991 while (*cmd != NUL)
9992 {
9993 cmd = skipwhite(cmd); /* skip over white space */
9994 p = cmd;
9995 while (*p != NUL && *p != '\r' && *p != '\n') /* skip over entry */
9996 ++p;
9997 /* add an entry if it is not empty */
9998 if (p > cmd)
9999 {
10000 i = *p;
10001 *p = NUL;
10002 addfile(gap, cmd, flags);
10003 *p = i;
10004 ++cnt;
10005 }
10006 cmd = p;
10007 while (*cmd != NUL && (*cmd == '\r' || *cmd == '\n'))
10008 ++cmd;
10009 }
10010
10011 vim_free(buffer);
10012 return cnt;
10013}
10014# endif /* VIM_BACKTICK */
10015
10016/*
10017 * Add a file to a file list. Accepted flags:
10018 * EW_DIR add directories
10019 * EW_FILE add files
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +000010020 * EW_EXEC add executable files
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010021 * EW_NOTFOUND add even when it doesn't exist
10022 * EW_ADDSLASH add slash after directory name
10023 */
10024 void
10025addfile(gap, f, flags)
10026 garray_T *gap;
10027 char_u *f; /* filename */
10028 int flags;
10029{
10030 char_u *p;
10031 int isdir;
10032
10033 /* if the file/dir doesn't exist, may not add it */
10034 if (!(flags & EW_NOTFOUND) && mch_getperm(f) < 0)
10035 return;
10036
10037#ifdef FNAME_ILLEGAL
10038 /* if the file/dir contains illegal characters, don't add it */
10039 if (vim_strpbrk(f, (char_u *)FNAME_ILLEGAL) != NULL)
10040 return;
10041#endif
10042
10043 isdir = mch_isdir(f);
10044 if ((isdir && !(flags & EW_DIR)) || (!isdir && !(flags & EW_FILE)))
10045 return;
10046
Bram Moolenaar1f35bf92006-03-07 22:38:47 +000010047 /* If the file isn't executable, may not add it. Do accept directories. */
10048 if (!isdir && (flags & EW_EXEC) && !mch_can_exe(f))
10049 return;
10050
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010051 /* Make room for another item in the file list. */
10052 if (ga_grow(gap, 1) == FAIL)
10053 return;
10054
10055 p = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(f) + 1 + isdir));
10056 if (p == NULL)
10057 return;
10058
10059 STRCPY(p, f);
10060#ifdef BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME
10061 slash_adjust(p);
10062#endif
10063 /*
10064 * Append a slash or backslash after directory names if none is present.
10065 */
10066#ifndef DONT_ADD_PATHSEP_TO_DIR
10067 if (isdir && (flags & EW_ADDSLASH))
10068 add_pathsep(p);
10069#endif
10070 ((char_u **)gap->ga_data)[gap->ga_len++] = p;
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010071}
10072#endif /* !NO_EXPANDPATH */
10073
10074#if defined(VIM_BACKTICK) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
10075
10076#ifndef SEEK_SET
10077# define SEEK_SET 0
10078#endif
10079#ifndef SEEK_END
10080# define SEEK_END 2
10081#endif
10082
10083/*
10084 * Get the stdout of an external command.
10085 * Returns an allocated string, or NULL for error.
10086 */
10087 char_u *
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010088get_cmd_output(cmd, infile, flags)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010089 char_u *cmd;
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010090 char_u *infile; /* optional input file name */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010091 int flags; /* can be SHELL_SILENT */
10092{
10093 char_u *tempname;
10094 char_u *command;
10095 char_u *buffer = NULL;
10096 int len;
10097 int i = 0;
10098 FILE *fd;
10099
10100 if (check_restricted() || check_secure())
10101 return NULL;
10102
10103 /* get a name for the temp file */
10104 if ((tempname = vim_tempname('o')) == NULL)
10105 {
10106 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
10107 return NULL;
10108 }
10109
10110 /* Add the redirection stuff */
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +000010111 command = make_filter_cmd(cmd, infile, tempname);
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010112 if (command == NULL)
10113 goto done;
10114
10115 /*
10116 * Call the shell to execute the command (errors are ignored).
10117 * Don't check timestamps here.
10118 */
10119 ++no_check_timestamps;
10120 call_shell(command, SHELL_DOOUT | SHELL_EXPAND | flags);
10121 --no_check_timestamps;
10122
10123 vim_free(command);
10124
10125 /*
10126 * read the names from the file into memory
10127 */
10128# ifdef VMS
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +000010129 /* created temporary file is not always readable as binary */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010130 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, "r");
10131# else
10132 fd = mch_fopen((char *)tempname, READBIN);
10133# endif
10134
10135 if (fd == NULL)
10136 {
10137 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), tempname);
10138 goto done;
10139 }
10140
10141 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_END);
10142 len = ftell(fd); /* get size of temp file */
10143 fseek(fd, 0L, SEEK_SET);
10144
10145 buffer = alloc(len + 1);
10146 if (buffer != NULL)
10147 i = (int)fread((char *)buffer, (size_t)1, (size_t)len, fd);
10148 fclose(fd);
10149 mch_remove(tempname);
10150 if (buffer == NULL)
10151 goto done;
10152#ifdef VMS
10153 len = i; /* VMS doesn't give us what we asked for... */
10154#endif
10155 if (i != len)
10156 {
10157 EMSG2(_(e_notread), tempname);
10158 vim_free(buffer);
10159 buffer = NULL;
10160 }
10161 else
Bram Moolenaar162bd912010-07-28 22:29:10 +020010162 buffer[len] = NUL; /* make sure the buffer is terminated */
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010163
10164done:
10165 vim_free(tempname);
10166 return buffer;
10167}
10168#endif
10169
10170/*
10171 * Free the list of files returned by expand_wildcards() or other expansion
10172 * functions.
10173 */
10174 void
10175FreeWild(count, files)
10176 int count;
10177 char_u **files;
10178{
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +000010179 if (count <= 0 || files == NULL)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010180 return;
10181#if defined(__EMX__) && defined(__ALWAYS_HAS_TRAILING_NULL_POINTER) /* XXX */
10182 /*
10183 * Is this still OK for when other functions than expand_wildcards() have
10184 * been used???
10185 */
10186 _fnexplodefree((char **)files);
10187#else
10188 while (count--)
10189 vim_free(files[count]);
10190 vim_free(files);
10191#endif
10192}
10193
10194/*
Bram Moolenaara9dc3752010-07-11 20:46:53 +020010195 * Return TRUE when need to go to Insert mode because of 'insertmode'.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000010196 * Don't do this when still processing a command or a mapping.
10197 * Don't do this when inside a ":normal" command.
10198 */
10199 int
10200goto_im()
10201{
10202 return (p_im && stuff_empty() && typebuf_typed());
10203}